10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2020

or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to           

Commission File Number 001‑37961

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Cayman Islands	001-37961	Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)	(Commission File Number)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

3185 Laurelview Ct.

Fremont, California 94538

(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

(510) 897-5200

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001	ICHR	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☒
Non-accelerated filer	☐	Smaller reporting company	☐
Emerging Growth Company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.     ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

There were 28,058,970 ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, outstanding as of February 26, 2021. The aggregate market value of voting ordinary shares held by non-affiliates was $578,920,000 as of June 26, 2020, the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of Form 10‑K is incorporated herein by reference to the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2020 General Meeting, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	10
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	27
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	28
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	28
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	28
PART II
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	28
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	30
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	31
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	43
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	43
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	43
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	43
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	44
PART III
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	45
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	45
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS	45
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	45
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	45
PART IV
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	45
ITEM 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	45

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to analyses and other information, which are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. These forward-looking statements are identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions. However, these words are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. These statements are contained in many sections of this report, including those entitled “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will achieve those plans, intentions or expectations. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this report under the heading “Risk Factors,” as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this report in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Ichor,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms in this report refer to Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We use a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in December. The following table details our fiscal periods included elsewhere in this report. All references to fiscal years or quarters relate to our fiscal period as so detailed.

Fiscal Period	Period Ending	Weeks in Period
Fiscal Year 2020:	December 25, 2020	52
First Quarter	March 27, 2020	13
Second Quarter	June 26, 2020	13
Third Quarter	September 25, 2020	13
Fourth Quarter	December 25, 2020	13
Fiscal Year 2019:	December 27, 2019	52
First Quarter	March 29, 2019	13
Second Quarter	June 28, 2019	13
Third Quarter	September 27, 2019	13
Fourth Quarter	December 27, 2019	13
Fiscal Year 2018:	December 28, 2018	52
First Quarter	March 30, 2018	13
Second Quarter	June 29, 2018	13
Third Quarter	September 28, 2018	13
Fourth Quarter	December 28, 2018	13
Fiscal Year 2017:	December 29, 2017	52
Fiscal Year 2016	December 30, 2016	53

Company Overview

We are a leader in the design, engineering, and manufacturing of critical fluid delivery subsystems and components for semiconductor capital equipment. Our product offerings include gas and chemical delivery systems and subsystems, collectively known as fluid delivery systems and subsystems, which are key elements of the process tools used in the manufacturing of semiconductor devices. Our gas delivery subsystems deliver, monitor, and control precise quantities of the specialized gases used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as etch and deposition. Our chemical delivery systems and subsystems precisely blend and dispense the reactive liquid chemistries used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as chemical-mechanical planarization, electroplating, and cleaning. We also manufacture precision machined components, weldments, and proprietary products for use in fluid delivery systems for direct sales to our customers. This vertically integrated portion of our business is primarily focused on metal and plastic parts that are used in gas and chemical systems, respectively.

Fluid delivery subsystems ensure accurate measurement and uniform delivery of specialty gases and chemicals at critical steps in the semiconductor manufacturing processes. Any malfunction or material degradation in fluid delivery reduces yields and increases the likelihood of manufacturing defects in these processes. Most OEMs outsource all or a portion of the design, engineering, and manufacturing of their gas delivery subsystems to a few specialized suppliers, including us. Additionally, many OEMs are also increasingly outsourcing the design, engineering, and manufacturing of their chemical delivery subsystems due to the increased fluid expertise required to manufacture these subsystems. Outsourcing these subsystems has allowed OEMs to leverage the suppliers’ highly specialized engineering, design, and production skills while focusing their internal resources on their own value-added processes. We believe that this outsourcing trend has enabled OEMs to reduce their costs and development time, as well as provide growth opportunities for specialized subsystems suppliers like us.

1

Our goal is to be a leading supplier of fluid delivery subsystems and components to OEMs engaged in manufacturing capital equipment to produce semiconductors and to leverage our technology and products to expand the share of our addressable markets. To achieve this goal, we engage with our customers early in their design and development processes and utilize our deep engineering resources and operating expertise, as well as our expanded product portfolio, to jointly create innovative and advanced solutions that meet the current and future needs of our customers. We employ this approach with three of the largest manufacturers of semiconductor capital equipment in the world. We believe this approach enables us to design products that meet the precise specifications our customers demand, allows us to often be the sole supplier of these subsystems during the initial production ramp, and positions us to be the preferred supplier for the full five to ten-year lifespan of the process tool.

The broad technical expertise of our engineering team, coupled with our early customer engagement approach, enables us to offer innovative and reliable solutions to complex fluid delivery challenges. With two decades of experience developing complex fluid delivery subsystems and meeting the constantly changing production requirements of leading semiconductor OEMs, we have developed expertise in fluid delivery that we offer to our OEM customers. In addition, our capital efficient model provides us the flexibility to fulfill increased demand and meet changing customer requirements with relatively low levels of capital expenditures. With an aim to provide superior customer service, we have a global footprint with many facilities strategically located in close proximity to our customers. We have long standing relationships with top tier OEM customers, including Lam Research, Applied Materials, and ASML, which were our three largest customers by sales in 2020.

We generated revenue of $914.2 million, $620.8 million, and $823.6 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. We generated net income of $33.3 million, $10.7 million, and $57.9 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. We generated non-GAAP net income of $59.0 million, $28.3 million, and $75.1 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. See Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Non-GAAP Results for a discussion of non-GAAP net income, an accompanying presentation of the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, net income, and a reconciliation of the differences between non-GAAP net income and net income.

Our Competitive Strengths

As a leader in the fluid delivery industry, we believe that our key competitive strengths include the following:

Deep Fluids Engineering Expertise

We believe that our engineering team, comprised of chemical engineers, mechanical engineers, and software and systems engineers, has positioned us to expand the scope of our solutions, provide innovative products and subsystems, and strengthen our incumbent position at our OEM customers. Many of our engineers are industry veterans and have spent a significant portion of their careers at our customers, bringing first-hand expertise and a heightened understanding of our customers’ needs. Our engineering team acts as an extension of our customers’ product development teams, providing our customers with technical expertise that is outside of their core competencies.

Early Engagement with Customers on Product Development

We seek to engage with our customers and potential customers very early in their process for new product development. We believe this approach enables us to collaborate on product design, qualification, manufacturing, and testing in order to provide a comprehensive, customized solution. Through early engagement during the complex design stages, our engineering team gains early insight into our customers’ technology roadmaps which enables us to pioneer innovative and advanced solutions. In many cases, our early engagement with our customers enables us to be the sole source supplier when the product is initially introduced.

Long History and Strong Relationships with Top Tier Customers

We have established deep relationships with top tier OEMs such as Lam Research, Applied Materials, and ASML, which were our three largest customers by sales in 2020. Our customers are global leaders by sales in the semiconductor capital equipment industry. Our existing relationships with our customers have enabled us to effectively compete for new fluid delivery subsystems for our customers’ next generation products in development. We leverage our deep-rooted existing customer relationships with these market leaders to penetrate new business opportunities created through industry consolidation. Our close collaboration with them has contributed to our established market position and several key supplier awards.

2

Operational Excellence with Scale to Support the Largest Customers

Over our 20-year experience in designing and building fluid delivery systems, we have developed deep capabilities in operations. We have strategically located our manufacturing facilities near our customers’ locations in order to provide fast and efficient responses to new product introductions and accommodate configuration or design changes late in the manufacturing process. We will continue to add capacity as needed to support future growth. In addition to providing high quality and reliable fluid delivery subsystems, one of our principal strategies is delivering the lead-times that provide our customers the required flexibility needed in their production processes. We have accomplished this by investing in manufacturing systems and processes and an efficient supply chain. Our focus on operational efficiency and flexibility allows us to reduce manufacturing cycle times in order to respond quickly to customer requests and lead-times that are often less than four weeks.

Capital Efficient and Scalable Business Model

In general, our business is not capital intensive and we are able to grow sales with a low investment in property, plant, and equipment. In 2020, 2019, and 2018, our total capital expenditures were $10.3 million, $12.3 million, and $13.9 million, respectively, representing only 1.1%, 2.0%, and 1.7% of sales, respectively. The semiconductor capital equipment market has historically been cyclical. We have structured our business to minimize fixed manufacturing overhead and operating expenses to enable us to grow net income at a higher rate than sales during periods of growth. Conversely, our low fixed cost approach allows us to minimize the impact of cyclical downturns on our net income but results in a lower level of gross margin leverage or improvement as a percentage of sales in times of increased demand.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leader in providing fluid delivery solutions, including subsystems, components, and tool refurbishment, to our customers by leveraging our core strengths. The key elements of our growth strategy are:

Grow Our Market Share within Existing Customer Base

We intend to grow our position within our existing customers by continuing to leverage our specialized engineering talent, early collaboration approach with OEMs to foster long-term relationships, and expanded product offerings. Each of our customers produces many different process tools for various process steps. At each customer, we are an outsourced supplier of fluid delivery subsystems and components for a subset of their entire process tool offerings. We are constantly looking to expand our market share at our existing customers. We believe that our early collaborative approach with customers positions us to deliver innovative and dynamic solutions, offer timely deployment and meet competitive cost targets, further increasing our market share. Through our acquisition of a precision machining operation in December 2020, an intellectual property (“IP”) purchase of developed flow controller technology in 2019, and our acquisitions of a weldment company and a precision machining company in 2017, we significantly expanded our served customer base and also entered the market for chemical delivery subsystems for wet process tools where we had only limited engagement in the past. Using this and our existing engineering capability, we developed a liquid delivery module and was qualified on a wet process equipment system at one of our largest customers who is a market leader in this space.

Grow Our Total Available Market and Share of the Market with Expanded Product Offerings

We continue to work with our existing core customers on additional opportunities, including chemical delivery, one of our important potential growth areas. We believe that wet processes, including clean and electrochemical deposition (“ECD”), that require precise chemical delivery are currently an underpenetrated market opportunity for us. By leveraging our existing customer relationships and strong reputation in fluid mechanics, we intend to increase our chemical delivery module market share and introduce additional related products. Through our acquisition of a precision machining operation in December 2020, our IP purchase of developed flow controller technology in 2019, our acquisition of a Korean gas panel supplier in 2018, and our acquisitions of a weldment company and a precision machining company in 2017, we significantly expanded our served customer base with expanded product offerings. The acquisitions allow us to manufacture and assemble the complex plastic and metal products and precision machined components for the semiconductor equipment, including our existing customer base, as well as medical device, and general-industrial industries, while providing us exposure to and growth opportunities in the Korean and Japanese semiconductor capital equipment market.

Expand Our Total Customer Base within Fluid Delivery Market

We have expanded our customer base and are currently a supplier of gas delivery systems for a leading lithography system manufacturer, a leading ALD system manufacturer, and Korean process tool OEMs. We continue to actively engage with new customers that are considering outsourcing their gas and chemical delivery needs as well as expanding our components business.

3

Continue to Improve Our Manufacturing Process Efficiency

We continually strive to improve our processes to reduce our manufacturing process cycle time, improve our ability to respond to short lead-time and last minute configuration changes, reduce our manufacturing costs, and improve our inventory efficiency requirements in order to improve profitability and make our product offerings more attractive to new and existing customers.

Our Products and Services

We are a leader in the design, engineering and manufacturing of critical fluid delivery subsystems. Our product and service offerings are classified in the following categories:

Gas Delivery Subsystems

Gas delivery is among the most technologically complex functions in semiconductor capital equipment and is used to deliver, monitor and control precise quantities of the vapors and gases critical to the manufacturing process. Our gas delivery systems consist of a number of gas lines, each controlled by a series of mass flow controllers, regulators, pressure transducers, and valves, and an integrated electronic control system. Our gas delivery subsystems are primarily used in equipment for “dry” manufacturing processes, such as etch, chemical vapor deposition, physical vapor deposition, epitaxy, and strip.

4

Chemical Delivery Products and Subsystems

Our chemical delivery products and subsystems are used to precisely blend and dispense reactive chemistries and colloidal slurries critical to the specific “wet” front-end process, such as wet clean, electro chemical deposition, and chemical-mechanical planarization (“CMP”). In addition to the chemical delivery subsystem, we also manufacture the process modules that apply the various chemicals directly to the wafer in a process and application-unique manner to create the desired chemical reaction.

The image below shows a typical wet-process front end semiconductor tool, with a chemical delivery subsystem and corresponding application process module highlighted:

Weldments

Our complete offering of weldments support the delivery of gases through the process tool. We have developed both automated and manual welding processes to support world class workmanship on all types of metals needed to support fluid delivery within the semiconductor market. The welded assemblies are used in both wet and dry processes.

Precision Machining

Precision machining provides us the ability to supply our customers with components used in our gas delivery systems and weldments, while also providing custom machined solutions throughout customers’ equipment. Many of these items are used downstream of the gas system and in process critical applications. Our precision machined products can be used in both wet and dry applications.

5

History

We were originally incorporated as Celerity, Inc. (“Celerity”) in 1999. Our business of designing and manufacturing critical systems for semiconductor capital equipment manufacturers operated as a stand-alone business until 2009 when Celerity sold the business to a private equity fund. Francisco Partners (“FP”) acquired the business in December 2011 and formed Ichor Holdings, Ltd., an exempt company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, in March 2012 to serve as the parent company as part of a restructuring to accommodate the expansion of our business in Singapore and Malaysia. In April 2012, we acquired Semi Scenic UK Limited to provide refurbishment services for legacy tools. In April 2016, we purchased Ajax-United Patterns & Molds, Inc. (“Ajax”) for $17.6 million to add chemical delivery subsystem capabilities with existing customers. We completed the initial public offering of our ordinary shares in December 2016. In July 2017 we acquired Cal‑Weld, Inc. (“Cal‑Weld”) for $56.2 million to add to our gas delivery subsystem and weldment capabilities. In December 2017 we acquired Talon Innovations Corporation (“Talon”) for $137.8 million to add to our gas delivery subsystem, precision machining, and component manufacturing capabilities. In April 2018, we acquired IAN Engineering Co., Ltd. (“IAN”) for $6.5 million to provide us exposure to and growth opportunities in the Korean semiconductor capital equipment market. In December 2020, we acquired certain operating assets and assumed the operations of a business in Nogales, Mexico for $5.0 million to increase our precision machined component manufacturing capacity. We intend to continue to evaluate opportunistic acquisitions to supplement our organic growth.

Customers, Sales and Marketing

We primarily market and sell our products directly to equipment OEMs in the semiconductor equipment market. In Japan, we utilize a value-added reseller to market and sell our chemical delivery system. We are dependent upon a small number of customers, as the semiconductor equipment manufacturer market is highly concentrated with five companies accounting for over 80% of all process tool revenues. For 2020, our two largest customers were Lam Research and Applied Materials, which accounted for 52% and 35% of sales, respectively. We do not have long-term contracts that require customers to place orders with us in fixed or minimum volumes, and we generally operate on a purchase order basis with customers.

Our sales and marketing efforts focus on fostering close business relationships with our customers. As a result, we locate many of our account managers near the customer they support. Our sales process involves close collaboration between our account managers and engineering and operations teams. Account managers and engineers work together with customers and in certain cases provide on-site support, including attending customers’ internal meetings related to production and engineering design. Each customer project is supported by our account managers and customer support team who ensure we are aligned with all of the customer’s quality, cost, and delivery expectations.

Operations, Manufacturing and Supply Chain Management

We have developed a highly flexible manufacturing model with cost-effective locations situated nearby the manufacturing facilities of our largest customers. We have facilities in the United States, Singapore, Malaysia, the United Kingdom, Korea, and Mexico.

Operations

Our product cycle engagements begin by working closely with our customers to outline the solution specifications before design and prototyping even begin. Our design and manufacturing process is highly flexible, enabling our customers to make alterations to their final requirements throughout the design, engineering, and manufacturing process. This flexibility results in significantly decreased order-to-delivery cycle times for our customers. For instance, it can take as little as 20 to 30 days for us to manufacture a gas delivery system with fully evaluated performance metrics after receiving an order.

Manufacturing

We are ISO 9001 certified or compliant at our manufacturing locations, and our manufactured subsystems and modules adhere to strict design tolerances and specifications. We operate Class 100 and Class 10,000 clean room facilities for customer-specified testing, assembly, and integration of high-purity gas and chemical delivery systems at our locations in Singapore, Oregon, Texas, and Korea. We operate additional facilities in Malaysia, Oregon, Texas, and California for weldments and related components used in our gas delivery subsystems, and we operate facilities in California and Malaysia for critical components used in our chemical delivery subsystems. We operate facilities in Minnesota and Mexico for precision machining of components for sale to our customers and internal use. Many of our facilities are located in close proximity to our largest customers to allow us to collaborate with them on a regular basis and to enable us to deliver our products on a just-in-time basis, regardless of order size or the degree of changes in the applicable configuration or specifications.

6

We qualify and test key components that are integrated into our subsystems and test our fluid delivery subsystems during the design process and again prior to shipping. Our quality management system allows us to access real-time corrective action reports, non-conformance reports, customer complaints, and controlled documentation. In addition, our senior management conducts quarterly reviews of our quality control system to evaluate effectiveness. Our customers also complete quarterly surveys which allow us to measure satisfaction.

Supply Chain Management

We use a wide range of components and materials in the production of our gas and chemical delivery systems, including filters, mass flow controllers, regulators, pressure transducers, and valves. We obtain components and materials from a large number or sources, including single source and sole source suppliers.

We use consignment material and just-in-time stocking programs to better manage our component inventories and better respond to changing customer requirements. These approaches enable us to significantly reduce our inventory levels and maintain flexibility in responding to changes in product demand. A key part of our strategy is to identify multiple suppliers with a strong global reach that are located within close proximity to our manufacturing locations.

Technology Development and Engineering

We have a long history of engineering innovation and development. We continue to transition from being an integration engineering and components company into a gas and chemical delivery system and subsystem leader with product development and systems engineering, as well as integration expertise. Our industry continues to experience rapid technological change, requiring us to continuously invest in technology and product development and regularly introduce new products and features that meet our customers’ evolving requirements.

We have built a team of fluid delivery experts. As of December 25, 2020, our engineering team consisted of approximately 90 engineers and designers with mechanical, electrical, chemical, systems, and software expertise. Our engineers are closely connected with our customers and typically work at our customers’ sites and operate as an extension of our customers’ design team. We engineer within our customers’ processes, design vaults, drawing standards, and part numbering systems. These development efforts are designed to meet specific customer requirements in the areas of subsystem design, materials, component selection, and functionality. The majority of our sales are generated from projects during which our engineers cooperated with our customer early in the design cycle. Through this early collaborative process, we become an integral part of our customers’ design and development processes, and we are able to quickly anticipate and respond to our customers’ changing requirements.

Our engineering team also works directly with our suppliers to help them identify new component technologies and make necessary changes in, and enhancements to, the components that we integrate into our products. Our analytical and testing capabilities enable us to evaluate multiple supplier component technologies and provide customers with a wide range of appropriate component and design choices for their gas and chemical delivery systems and other critical subsystems. Our analytical and testing capabilities also help us anticipate technological changes and the requirements in component features for next-generation gas delivery systems and other critical subsystems.

Competition

The markets for our products are very competitive. When we compete for new business, we face competition from other suppliers of gas or chemical delivery subsystems, and in some cases with the internal manufacturing groups of OEMs. While many OEMs have outsourced the design and manufacturing of their gas and chemical delivery systems, we would face additional competition if in the future these OEMs elected to develop and build these systems internally.

The fluid delivery subsystem market is concentrated, and we face competition primarily from Ultra Clean Technology, with additional competition from regional suppliers. The chemical delivery subsystem, weldments, and precision machining industries are fragmented, and we face competition from numerous smaller suppliers. In addition, the market for tool refurbishment is fragmented, and we compete with many regional competitors. The primary competitive factors we emphasize include:

• customer relationships;

• early engagement with customers;

• large and experienced engineering staff;

• design-to-delivery cycle times; and

• flexible manufacturing capabilities.

7

We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and to introduce new products or new technologies that could adversely affect sales of our current and future products. In addition, the limited number of potential customers in our industry further intensifies competition. We anticipate that increased competitive pressures may cause intensified price-based competition and we may have to reduce the prices of our products. In addition, we expect to face new competitors as we enter new markets.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop, maintain, and protect our technology and products and to conduct our business without infringing the proprietary rights of others. We continue to invest in securing intellectual property protection for our technology and products and protect our technology by, among other things, filing patent applications. We also rely on a combination of trade secrets and confidentiality provisions, and to a much lesser extent, copyrights and trademarks, to protect our proprietary rights. We have historically focused our patent protection efforts in the United States. As of December 25, 2020, we held 52 patents, 24 of which were U.S. patents and 14 of which were acquired as part of our IP purchase of developed flow controller technology in May 2019. While we consider our patents to be valuable assets, we do not believe the success of our business or our overall operations are dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents. In addition, we do not believe that the loss or expiration of any single patent or group of related patents would materially affect our business.

We develop intellectual property for our own use in our products, as well as for our customers. Intellectual property developed on behalf of our customers is generally owned exclusively by those customers. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify certain of our customers against claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others with respect to our products. Historically, we have not paid any claims under these indemnification obligations, and we do not have any pending indemnification claims against us.

Human Capital Resources

In order to be a successful company, we believe that we must be a good corporate citizen, socially responsible, and recognize that our employees are our most important asset. We recognize and value each person’s diverse background and unique skill set and seek to foster an environment that encourages personal growth and professional development. We continue to further increase our commitment to diversity, inclusion, and equity through specific policies, practices, employee and manager training, and demonstrated executive leadership. Below are details demonstrating our commitment in this area.

Demographics

As of December 25, 2020, we had approximately 1,600 full‑time employees and 430 contract or temporary workers, which allow flexibility as business conditions and geographic demand change. Of our total workforce, approximately 90 are engineers, 80 are engaged in sales and marketing, 1,715 are engaged in manufacturing, and 145 perform executive and administrative functions. Our voluntary attrition was 12%, reduced from 15% from the prior year. Our employees are not unionized, and we have no participation in works councils. We have not experienced any material work stoppages at any of our facilities, with the exception of temporary shutdowns at certain of our facilities in the first half of 2020 due to the COVID‑19 pandemic. We believe our relationship with our employees to be good.

Total Rewards

As part of our total rewards philosophy, we believe in offering market-competitive compensation and benefits programs for our employees to attract and retain a talented and productive workforce. Our programs are designed to be externally competitive, internally fair and equitable, and our pay-for-performance philosophy aims to reward each individual for their contributions while striving for equal pay for work regardless of gender, race, or ethnicity. We offer a combination of fixed and variable pay which can vary by business and function. For our leadership and key talent, we provide equity based long-term compensation to create retention and incentive towards the company’s strategies and objectives. We provide benefits that are locally competitive, including retirement and savings plans with company contributions, health and welfare plans aimed to provide protection to employees, and in some instances, protection for employees’ families, and we provide a discounted employee stock purchase plan. We invest in wellness programs to promote physical, emotional, and financial well-being. In 2020, we expanded our employee cash spot bonus program to recognize employee contributions in improving quality and operational cost savings.

8

Learning and Development

We support our employees in their career development by providing a multi-dimensional approach to learning and development, including internal and external opportunities for professional development. This includes tuition reimbursement, online training, on the job training, diversity and inclusion training, and managerial coaching. We actively invest in leadership development, cultivating involvement, engagement, and empowerment of our future leaders in an active investment in succession planning and development. We also believe that maintaining an effective employee review and appraisal process, with regular managerial feedback and coaching, is critical to cultivating a learning organization.

Health and Safety

We are committed to monitoring and maintaining a healthy and safe environment for our employees. We facilitate “skip level” sessions, periodically survey employees, and use other communication forums to allow employees to express their opinions and concerns to management. We maintain a "whistle blower" hotline available to all employees for communicating concerns, including those around health and safety. During the COVID‑19 pandemic, we took necessary steps to ensure the health and safety of our employees and extended communities by following and often exceeding CDC and other government health organization guidelines from around the world. We adopted remote working as a new norm for office staff and made a significant investment in our IT infrastructure to enable uninterrupted virtual communication. For factory workers, we adopted strict guidelines to maintain safety of our workforce and business continuity.

Community Involvement

We have expanded our charitable contributions this past year to include educational scholarships specifically earmarked for under-represented minority groups attending college. We continue to support foodbanks and other local charities in the communities in which we operate.

Environmental, Health, and Safety Regulations

Our operations and facilities are subject to federal, state, and local regulatory requirements and foreign laws and regulations, relating to environmental, waste management, and health and safety matters, including those relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal, and remediation of contaminants, hazardous substances, and wastes, as well as practices and procedures applicable to the construction and operation of our facilities. We believe that our business is operated in substantial compliance with applicable regulations. However, in the future we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or third-party property damage, or personal injury claims, in the event of violations or liabilities under these laws and regulations, or non-compliance with the environmental permits required at our facilities. Potentially significant expenditures could be required in order to comply with environmental laws that may be adopted or imposed in the future. We are not aware of any threatened or pending environmental investigations, lawsuits, or claims involving us, our operations, or our current or former facilities.

Available Information

Our internet address is ichorsystems.com. We make a variety of information available, free of charge, at our Investor Relations website, ir.ichorsystems.com. This information includes our Annual Reports on Form 10‑K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10‑Q, our Current Reports on Form 8‑K, and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those reports with or furnish them to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as our Code of Business Ethics and Conduct and other governance documents.

The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file documents electronically with the SEC at sec.gov.

The contents of these websites, or the information connected to those websites, are not incorporated into this report. References to websites in this report are provided as a convenience and do not constitute, and should not be viewed as, incorporation by reference of the information contained on, or available through, the website.

9

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

There are many factors that affect our business and the results of operations, some of which are beyond our control. The following is a description of some important factors that may cause the actual results of operations in future periods to differ materially from those currently expected or desired.

Risk Factor Summary

The following is a summary of some important risk factors that could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial results.

Economic and Strategic Risks

• Our business depends significantly on expenditures by manufacturers in the semiconductor capital equipment industry.

• We rely on a very small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our sales.

• Our customers exert a significant amount of negotiating leverage over us.

• The industries in which we participate are highly competitive and rapidly evolving.

• We are exposed to risks associated with weakness in the global economy and geopolitical instability.

• Our business has been adversely affected by the COVID‑19 pandemic and we continue to face risks related to COVID‑19.

• If we do not keep pace with developments in the industries we serve and with technological innovation generally, our products and services may not be competitive.

• We must design, develop, and introduce new products that are accepted by OEMs in order to retain our existing customers and obtain new customers.

• Future acquisitions may present integration challenges, and the goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and other long-term assets recorded in connection with such acquisitions become impaired.

• We are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Operational Risks

• The manufacturing of our products is highly complex.

• Defects in our products could damage our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products.

• We may incur unexpected warranty and performance guarantee claims.

• Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers may harm our production output and increase our costs.

• We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties.

• Our customers generally require that they qualify our engineering, documentation, manufacturing and quality control procedures.

• We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

• Certain of our customers require that we consult with them in connection with specified fundamental changes in our business.

• Our business is largely dependent on the know-how of our employees, and we generally do not have an intellectual property position that is protected by patents.

• The technology labor market is very competitive.

• Labor disruptions could materially adversely affect our business.

• Our business is subject to the risks of catastrophic events.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

• Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws, rules, policies, and other obligations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters.

• Third parties have claimed and may in the future claim we are infringing their intellectual property.

• From time to time, we may become involved in other litigation and regulatory proceedings.

• As a global company, we are subject to the risks of doing business internationally.

• Changes in U.S. trade policy, tariff, and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business.

• We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations.

• Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

• We previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and the failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls and procedures may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting

• The failure of our control systems may materially impact us

• Compliance with SEC rules relating to “conflict minerals” may require us and our suppliers to incur substantial expense.

10

• Changes in tax laws, tax rates or tax assets and liabilities could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources Risks

• Restrictive covenants under our Credit Facilities may limit our current and future operations.

• The interest rates on our credit agreement might change based on changes to the method in which LIBOR or its replacement rate is determined.

• We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

Ordinary Share Ownership Risks

• Our quarterly sales and operating results fluctuate significantly from period to period.

• The price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate substantially.

• Future sales of our ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our share price.

• We intend to remain an “emerging growth company” through the end of fiscal 2021.

• We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

• Our articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions.

• The issuance of preferred shares could adversely affect holders of ordinary shares.

• You may face difficulties in protecting your interests as a shareholder.

• Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

• There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year.

• If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our shares, such person may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

Economic and Strategic Risks

Our business depends significantly on expenditures by manufacturers in the semiconductor capital equipment industry, which, in turn, is dependent upon the semiconductor device industry. When that industry experiences cyclical downturns, demand for our products and services is likely to decrease, which would likely result in decreased sales. We may also be forced to reduce our prices during cyclical downturns without being able to proportionally reduce costs.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations depend significantly on expenditures by manufacturers in the semiconductor capital equipment industry. In turn, the semiconductor capital equipment industry depends upon the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductor devices. The semiconductor device industry is subject to cyclical and volatile fluctuations in supply and demand and in the past has periodically experienced significant downturns, which often occur in connection with declines in general economic conditions, and which have resulted in significant volatility in the semiconductor capital equipment industry. The semiconductor device industry has also experienced recurring periods of over-supply of products that have had a severe negative effect on the demand for capital equipment used to manufacture such products. We have experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, significant fluctuations in customer orders for our products and services as a result of such fluctuations and cycles. Any downturns in the semiconductor device industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we must be able to appropriately align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, effectively manage our supply chain and motivate and retain employees, particularly during periods of decreasing demand for our products. We may be forced to reduce our prices during periods of decreasing demand. While we operate under a low fixed cost model, we may not be able to proportionally reduce all of our costs if we are required to reduce our prices. If we are not able to timely and appropriately adapt to the changes in our business environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. The cyclical and volatile nature of the semiconductor device industry and the absence of long-term fixed or minimum volume contracts make any effort to project a material reduction in future sales volume difficult.

11

We rely on a very small number of OEM customers for a significant portion of our sales. Any adverse change in our relationships with these customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The semiconductor capital equipment industry is highly concentrated and has experienced significant consolidation in recent years. As a result, a relatively small number of OEM customers have historically accounted for a significant portion of our sales, and we expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future. For 2020, our top two customers accounted for approximately 52% and 35%, respectively, of sales, and we expect that our sales will continue to be concentrated among a very small number of customers. We do not have any long-term contracts that require customers to place orders with us in fixed or minimum volumes. Accordingly, the success of our business depends on the success of our customers and those customers and other OEMs continuing to outsource the manufacturing of critical subsystems and process solutions to us. Because of the small number of OEMs in the markets we serve, a number of which are already our customers, it would be difficult to replace lost sales resulting from the loss of, or the reduction, cancellation or delay in purchase orders by, any one of these customers, whether due to a reduction in the amount of outsourcing they do, their giving orders to our competitors, their acquisition by an OEM who is not a customer or with whom we do less business, or otherwise. We have in the past lost business from customers for a number of these reasons. If we are unable to replace sales from customers who reduce the volume of products and services they purchase from us or terminate their relationship with us entirely, such events could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, if one or more of the largest OEMs were to decide to single- or sole-source all or a significant portion of manufacturing and assembly work to a single equipment manufacturer, such a development would heighten the risks discussed above.

Our customers exert a significant amount of negotiating leverage over us, which may require us to accept lower prices and gross margins or increased liability risk in order to retain or expand our market share with them.

By virtue of our largest customers’ size and the significant portion of our sales that is derived from them, as well as the competitive landscape, our customers are able to exert significant influence and pricing pressure in the negotiation of our commercial arrangements and the conduct of our business with them. Our customers often require reduced prices or other pricing, quality or delivery commitments as a condition to their purchasing from us in any given period or increasing their purchase volume, which can, among other things, result in reduced gross margins in order to maintain or expand our market share. Our customers’ negotiating leverage also can result in customer arrangements that may contain significant liability risk to us. For example, some of our customers require that we provide them indemnification against certain liabilities in our arrangements with them, including claims of losses by their customers caused by our products. Any increase in our customers’ negotiating leverage may expose us to increased liability risk in our arrangements with them, which, if realized, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, new products often carry lower gross margins than existing products for several quarters following their introduction. If we are unable to retain and expand our business with our customers on favorable terms, or if we are unable to achieve gross margins on new products that are similar to or more favorable than the gross margins we have historically achieved, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The industries in which we participate are highly competitive and rapidly evolving, and if we are unable to compete effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We face intense competition from other suppliers of gas or chemical delivery subsystems, as well as the internal manufacturing groups of OEMs. Increased competition has in the past resulted, and could in the future result, in price reductions, reduced gross margins or loss of market share, any of which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to significant pricing pressure as we attempt to maintain and increase market share with our existing customers. Our competitors may offer reduced prices or introduce new products or services for the markets currently served by our products and services. These products may have better performance, lower prices and achieve broader market acceptance than our products. OEMs also typically own the design rights to their products. Further, if our competitors obtain proprietary rights to these designs such that we are unable to obtain the designs necessary to manufacture products for our OEM customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Certain of our competitors may have or may develop greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do. As a result, they may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services, and reduce prices to increase market share. In addition to organic growth by our competitors, there may be merger and acquisition activity among our competitors and potential competitors that may provide our competitors and potential competitors with an advantage over us by enabling them to expand their product offerings and service capabilities to meet a broader range of customer needs. The introduction of new technologies and new market entrants may also increase competitive pressures.

12

We are exposed to risks associated with weakness in the global economy and geopolitical instability.

Our business is dependent upon manufacturers of semiconductor capital equipment, whose businesses in turn ultimately depend largely on consumer spending on semiconductor devices. Continuing uncertainty regarding the global economy continues to pose challenges to our business. Economic uncertainty and related factors, including current unemployment levels, uncertainty in debt markets, geopolitical instability in various parts of the world, fiscal uncertainty in the U.S. economy, market volatility and the slow rate of recovery of many countries from recent recessions, exacerbate negative trends in business and consumer spending and may cause certain of our customers to push out, cancel or refrain from placing orders for products or services, which may reduce sales and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Difficulties in obtaining capital, uncertain market conditions or reduced profitability may also cause some customers to scale back operations, exit businesses, merge with other manufacturers, or file for bankruptcy protection and potentially cease operations, leading to customers’ reduced research and development funding and/or capital expenditures and, in turn, lower orders from our customers and/or additional slow moving or obsolete inventory or bad debt expense for us. These conditions may also similarly affect our key suppliers, which could impair their ability to deliver parts and result in delays for our products or require us to either procure products from higher-cost suppliers, or if no additional suppliers exist, to reconfigure the design and manufacture of our products, and we may be unable to fulfill some customer orders. Any of these conditions or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2016, the United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union (“EU”) (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). On December 24, 2020, an agreement was reached between the UK and EU regarding trade, services, commerce and human rights. The UK is now primarily focused on negotiating trade agreements with the United States and other countries. While the current UK – EU agreement does not create any new taxes for cross border commerce, a significant increase in paperwork required at the border could delay goods and as a result increase transit costs and time for delivery. The long-term nature of the UK’s relationship with other countries now that the EU negotiation is complete is unclear and there is considerable uncertainty with regards to future UK trade relationships. Brexit continues to have the potential to disrupt the free movement of goods, services, and people between the UK, the EU, and elsewhere. There can be no assurance that any or all of these events, or others that we cannot anticipate at this time, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business has been adversely affected by the COVID‑19 pandemic and we continue to face risks related to COVID‑19 which could significantly disrupt our operations, customer demand, and our suppliers’ ability to support us, resulting in material adverse impacts to our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flows.

We are closely monitoring the COVID‑19 pandemic. The virus has spread to many countries and has been declared by the World Health Organization to be a pandemic, resulting in action from federal, national, state, and local governments that has significantly affected virtually all facets of the U.S. and global economies. The U.S. government has implemented enhanced screenings, quarantine requirements, and travel restrictions in connection with the COVID‑19 outbreak.

Shelter-in-place orders and other measures, including work-from-home and social distancing policies implemented to protect employees, have resulted in reduced workforce availability at product manufacturing sites, construction delays, and reduced output at some of our vendors and suppliers. Restrictions on our access to or operation of manufacturing facilities or on our support operations or workforce, or similar limitations for our vendors and suppliers, can impact our ability to meet customer demand and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, particularly if prolonged. Similarly, current and future restrictions or disruptions of transportation, such as reduced availability of air transport, port closures, and increased border controls or closures, can also impact our ability to meet demand and could materially adversely affect us. Our customers have experienced, and may continue to experience, disruptions in their operations and supply chains, which can result in delayed, reduced, or canceled orders, or collection risks, and which may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business may be more adversely impacted by the effects of COVID‑19 in the future. We source materials from different parts of the world that have been affected by the virus which could have an adverse impact on our supply chain operations and ability to get materials needed to build our products. Additionally, the disruption to global markets that has occurred due to the epidemic has increased uncertainty for semiconductor demand. The current outbreak has resulted in an economic slowdown in many parts of the world, and it is impossible to predict the duration, speed, and location of a recovery and the impact a recovery would have on semiconductor demand and the demand for semiconductor capital equipment. Given the significant economic uncertainty and volatility created by the pandemic, it is difficult to predict the nature and extent of impacts on demand for our products.

The spread of COVID‑19 has caused us to modify our business practices (including employee travel, employee work locations, cancellation of physical participation in meetings, events and conferences, and social distancing measures), and we may take further actions as may be required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners, vendors, and suppliers. Work-from-home and other measures introduce additional operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, and have affected the way we conduct our product development, validation, and qualification, customer support, and other activities, which could have an adverse effect on our operations. There is no certainty that such measures will be sufficient to mitigate

13

the risks posed by the virus, and illness and workforce disruptions could lead to unavailability of key personnel and harm our ability to perform critical functions.

The extent of the impact of COVID‑19 on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the outbreak, the speed of local vaccination distribution and the effectiveness of the vaccine, government mandates and guidelines designed to address the current state of the pandemic, and related travel advisories and restrictions, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. In most countries in which we operate, the local government authorities have designated our operations as an “essential business” which allows us to continue to operate our factories and business under specific rules and protocols designed to ensure the health and safety of our employees, suppliers, and visitors to our facilities, however, changes to this classification may result in potential closure of our operations for an uncertain duration, impacting our business. Preventing the effects from, and responding to, this market disruption or any other public health threat, related or otherwise, may further increase costs of our business and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we do not keep pace with developments in the industries we serve and with technological innovation generally, our products and services may not be competitive.

Rapid technological innovation in the markets we serve requires us to anticipate and respond quickly to evolving customer requirements and could render our current product offerings, services and technologies obsolete. In particular, the design and manufacturing of semiconductors is constantly evolving and becoming more complex in order to achieve greater power, performance and efficiency with smaller devices. Capital equipment manufacturers need to keep pace with these changes by refining their existing products and developing new products.

We believe that our future success will depend upon our ability to design, engineer and manufacture products that meet the changing needs of our customers. This requires that we successfully anticipate and respond to technological changes in design, engineering and manufacturing processes in a cost-effective and timely manner. If we are unable to integrate new technical specifications into competitive product designs, develop the technical capabilities necessary to manufacture new products or make necessary modifications or enhancements to existing products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The timely development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process which requires that we:

• design innovative and performance-enhancing features that differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

• identify emerging technological trends in the industries we serve, including new standards for our products;

• accurately identify and design new products to meet market needs;

• collaborate with OEMs to design and develop products on a timely and cost-effective basis;

• ramp-up production of new products, especially new subsystems, in a timely manner and with acceptable yields;

• manage our costs of product development and the costs of producing the products that we sell;

• successfully manage development production cycles; and

• respond quickly and effectively to technological changes or product announcements by others.

If we are unsuccessful in keeping pace with technological developments for the reasons above or other reasons, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We must design, develop, and introduce new products that are accepted by OEMs in order to retain our existing customers and obtain new customers.

The introduction of new products is inherently risky because it is difficult to foresee the adoption of new standards, coordinate our technical personnel and strategic relationships and win acceptance of new products by OEMs. We attempt to mitigate this risk by collaborating with our customers during their design and development processes. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be able to successfully introduce, market and cost-effectively manufacture new products, or that we will be able to develop new or enhanced products and processes that satisfy customer needs. In addition, new capital equipment typically has a lifespan of five to ten years, and OEMs frequently specify which systems, subsystems, components and instruments are to be used in their equipment. Once a specific system, subsystem, component or instrument is incorporated into a piece of capital equipment, it will often continue to be purchased for that piece of equipment on an exclusive basis for 18 to 24 months before the OEM generates enough sales volume to consider adding alternative suppliers. Accordingly, it is important that our products are designed into the new systems introduced by the OEMs. If any of the new products we develop are not launched or successful in the market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

14

Future acquisitions may present integration challenges, and if the goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and other long-term assets recorded in connection with such acquisitions become impaired, we would be required to record impairment charges, which may be significant.

We have acquired strategic businesses in the past and if we find appropriate opportunities in the future, we may acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe are strategic. The process of integrating an acquired business, product or technology may produce unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, fail to result in expected synergies or other benefits and absorb significant attention of our management that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development of our business. In addition, we may record a portion of the assets we acquire as goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets or finite-lived intangible assets. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient future earnings and cash flows. Changes in estimates, circumstances or conditions, resulting from both internal and external factors, could have a significant impact on our fair valuation determination, which could then have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates which could cause operating results and reported financial results to vary significantly from period to period.

The vast majority of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Many of the costs and expenses associated with our Singapore, Malaysian and U.K. operations are paid in Singapore dollars, Malaysian ringgit or British pounds (or euros), respectively, and we expect our exposure to these currencies to increase as we increase our operations in those countries. As a result, our risk exposure from transactions denominated in non-U.S. currencies is primarily related to the Singapore dollar, Malaysian ringgit, British pound and euro. In addition, because the majority of our sales are denominated in the U.S. dollar, if one or more of our competitors sells to our customers in a different currency than the U.S. dollar, we are subject to the risk that the competitors’ products will be relatively less expensive than our products due to exchange rate effects. We have not historically established transaction-based hedging programs. Foreign currency exchange risks inherent in doing business in foreign countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operational Risks

The manufacturing of our products is highly complex, and if we are not able to manage our manufacturing and procurement process effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The manufacturing of our products is a highly complex process that involves the integration of multiple components and requires effective management of our supply chain while meeting our customers’ design-to-delivery cycle time requirements. Through the course of the manufacturing process, our customers may modify design and system configurations in response to changes in their own customers’ requirements. In order to rapidly respond to these modifications and deliver our products to our customers in a timely manner, we must effectively manage our manufacturing and procurement process. If we fail to manage this process effectively, we risk losing customers and damaging our reputation. We may also be subject to liability under our agreements with our customers if we or our suppliers fail to re- configure manufacturing processes or components in response to these modifications. In addition, if we acquire inventory in excess of demand or that does not meet customer specifications, we could incur excess or obsolete inventory charges. We have from time to time experienced bottlenecks and production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems. These risks are even greater as we seek to expand our business into new subsystems. In addition, certain of our suppliers have been, and may in the future be, forced out of business as a result of the economic environment. In such cases, we may be required to procure products from higher-cost suppliers or, if no additional suppliers exist, reconfigure the design and manufacture of our products. This could materially limit our growth, adversely impact our ability to win future business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Defects in our products could damage our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products and result in potentially costly litigation.

A number of factors, including design flaws, material and component failures, contamination in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the materials used and unknown sensitivities to process conditions, such as temperature and humidity, as well as equipment failures, may cause our products to contain undetected errors or defects. Errors, defects or other problems with our products may:

• cause delays in product introductions and shipments;

• result in increased costs and diversion of development resources;

• cause us to incur increased charges due to unusable inventory;

• require design modifications;

15

• result in liability for the unintended release of hazardous materials;

• create claims for rework, replacement and/or damages under our contracts with customers, as well as indemnification claims from customers;

• decrease market acceptance of, or customer satisfaction with, our products, which could result in decreased sales and increased product returns; or

• result in lower yields for semiconductor manufacturers.

If any of our products contain defects or have reliability, quality or compatibility problems, our reputation may be damaged and customers may be reluctant to buy our products. We may also face a higher rate of product defects as we increase our production levels in periods of significant growth. Product defects could result in warranty and indemnification liability or the loss of existing customers or impair our ability to attract new customers. In addition, we may not find defects or failures in our products until after they are installed in a manufacturer’s fabrication facility. We may have to invest significant capital and other resources to correct these problems. Our current or potential customers also might seek to recover from us any losses resulting from defects or failures in our products. In addition, hazardous materials flow through and are controlled by certain of our products and an unintended release of these materials could result in serious injury or death. Liability claims could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant damages.

We may incur unexpected warranty and performance guarantee claims that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with our products and services, we provide various product warranties, performance guarantees and indemnification rights. Warranty or other performance guarantee or indemnification claims against us could cause us to incur significant expense to repair or replace defective products or indemnify the affected customer for losses. In addition, quality issues can have various other ramifications, including delays in the recognition of sales, loss of sales, loss of future sales opportunities, increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and a negative impact on our reputation, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers may harm our production output and increase our costs, and may prevent us from delivering acceptable products on a timely basis.

Our ability to meet our customers’ demand for our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality components and other raw materials on a timely basis. In addition, our customers often specify components from particular suppliers that we must incorporate into our products. We also use consignment and just-in-time stocking programs, which means we carry very little inventory of components or other raw materials, and we rely on our suppliers to deliver necessary components and raw materials in a timely manner. However, our suppliers are under no obligation to provide us with components or other raw materials. As a result, the loss of or failure to perform by any of our key suppliers could materially adversely affect our ability to deliver products on a timely basis. In addition, if a supplier was unable to provide the volume of components we require on a timely basis and at acceptable prices and quality, we would have to identify and qualify replacements from alternative sources of supply. However, the process of qualifying new suppliers for complex components is also lengthy and could delay our production. We may also experience difficulty in obtaining sufficient supplies of components and raw materials in times of significant growth in our business. If we are unable to procure sufficient quantities of components or raw materials from suppliers, our customers may elect to delay or cancel existing orders or not place future orders, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and any significant reductions, cancellations or delays in customer orders could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales are difficult to forecast because we generally do not have a material backlog of unfilled orders and because of the short time frame within which we are often required to manufacture and deliver products to our customers. Most of our sales for a particular quarter depend on customer orders placed during that quarter or shortly before it commences. Our contracts generally do not require our customers to commit to minimum purchase volumes. While most of our customers provide periodic rolling forecasts for product orders, those forecasts do not become binding until a formal purchase order is submitted, which generally occurs only a short time prior to shipment. As a result of the foregoing and the cyclicality and volatility of the industries we serve, it is difficult to predict future orders with precision. Occasionally, we order component inventory and build products in advance of the receipt of actual customer orders. Customers may cancel order forecasts, change production quantities from forecasted volumes or delay production for reasons beyond our control. Furthermore, reductions, cancellations or delays in customer order forecasts usually occur without penalty to, or compensation from, the customer. Reductions, cancellations or delays in forecasted orders could cause us to hold inventory longer than anticipated, which could reduce our gross profit, restrict our ability to fund our operations and result in unanticipated reductions or delays in sales. If we do not obtain orders as we anticipate, we could have excess components for a specific product and/or finished goods inventory that we would not be able to sell to another customer, likely resulting in inventory write-offs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because our customers generally require that they qualify our engineering, documentation, manufacturing and quality control procedures, our ability to add new customers quickly is limited.

We are generally required to qualify and maintain our status as a supplier for each of our customers. This is a time-consuming process that involves the inspection and approval by a customer of our engineering, documentation, manufacturing and quality control procedures before that customer will place orders with us. Our ability to lessen the adverse effect of any loss of, or reduction in sales to, an existing customer through the rapid addition of one or more new customers is limited in part because of these qualification requirements. Consequently, the risk that our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected by the loss of, or any reduction in orders by, any of our significant customers is increased. Moreover, if we lost our existing status as a qualified supplier to any of our customers, such customer could cancel its orders from us or otherwise terminate its relationship with us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

We rely on our information technology systems to process transactions, summarize our operating results and manage our business. Our information technology systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber-attack or other security breaches, catastrophic events, such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, severe weather, acts of war or terrorism, and usage errors by our employees. If our information technology systems are damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our operations.

We may be the target of attempted cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks, denial of service attacks and other information security threats. To date, cyber-attacks have not had a material impact on our financial condition, results or business; however, we could suffer material financial or other losses in the future and we are not able to predict the severity of these attacks. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats, the current global economic and political environment, our prominent size and scale and our role in the financial services industry, the outsourcing of some of our business operations, the ongoing shortage of qualified cyber-security professionals, and the interconnectivity and interdependence of third parties to our systems. The occurrence of a cyber-attack, breach, unauthorized access, misuse, computer virus or other malicious code or other cyber-security event could jeopardize or result in the unauthorized disclosure, gathering, monitoring, misuse, corruption, loss or destruction of confidential and other information that belongs to us, our customers, our counterparties, third-party service providers or borrowers that is processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks. The occurrence of such an event could also result in damage to our software, computers or systems, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our customers’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations. This could result in significant losses, loss of customers and business opportunities, reputational damage, litigation, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The reliability and capacity of our information technology systems is critical to our operations and the implementation of our growth initiatives. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or delays or difficulties in implementing or integrating new systems or enhancing current systems, could have an adverse effect on our business, and results of operations.

17

Certain of our customers require that we consult with them in connection with specified fundamental changes in our business, and address any concerns or requests such customer may have in connection with a fundamental change.

Certain of our key customers require that we consult with them in connection with specified fundamental changes in our business, including, among other things:

• entering into any new line of business;

• amending or modifying our organizational documents;

• selling all or substantially all of our assets, or merging or amalgamating with a third party;

• incur borrowings in excess of a specific amount;

• making senior management changes;

• entering into any joint venture arrangement; and

• effecting an initial public offering.

These customers do not have contractual approval or veto rights with respect to any fundamental changes in our business. However, our failure to consult with such customers or to satisfactorily respond to their requests in connection with any such fundamental change could constitute a breach of contract or otherwise be detrimental to our relationships with such customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is largely dependent on the know-how of our employees, and we generally do not have an intellectual property position that is protected by patents.

We believe that the success of our business depends in part on our proprietary technology, information, processes and know-how and on our ability to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. We rely on a combination of trade secrets and contractual confidentiality provisions and, to a much lesser extent, patents, copyrights and trademarks to protect our proprietary rights. Accordingly, our intellectual property position is more vulnerable than it would be if it were protected primarily by patents. We cannot assure you that we have adequately protected or will be able to adequately protect our technology, that our competitors will not be able to utilize our existing technology or develop similar technology independently, that the claims allowed with respect to any patents held by us will be broad enough to protect our technology or that foreign intellectual property laws will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect our proprietary rights successfully, our competitive position could suffer. Any future litigation to enforce patents issued to us, to protect trade secrets or know-how possessed by us or to defend ourselves or to indemnify others against claimed infringement of the rights of others could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The technology labor market is very competitive, and our business will suffer if we are unable to hire and retain key personnel.

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our key executive officers, as well as our research, engineering, sales and manufacturing personnel, most of whom are not subject to employment or non-competition agreements. Competition for qualified personnel in the technology industry is particularly intense, and we operate in geographic locations in which labor markets are competitive. Our management team has significant industry experience and deep customer relationships, and therefore would be difficult to replace. In addition, our business is dependent to a significant degree on the expertise and relationships which only a limited number of engineers possess. Many of these engineers often work at our customers’ sites and serve as an extension of our customers’ product design teams. The loss of any of our key executive officers or key engineers and other personnel, including our engineers working at our customers’ sites, or the failure to attract additional personnel as needed, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could lead to higher labor costs, the use of less-qualified personnel and the loss of customers. In addition, if any of our key executive officers or other key employees were to join a competitor or form a competing company, we could lose customers, suppliers, know-how and key personnel.

We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to any of our employees. Our business will suffer if we are unable to attract, employ and retain highly skilled personnel.

Labor disruptions could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 25, 2020, we had approximately 1,600 full time employees and 430 contract or temporary workers worldwide. None of our employees are unionized, but in various countries, local law requires our participation in works councils. While we have not experienced any material work stoppages at any of our facilities, any stoppage or slowdown could cause material interruptions in manufacturing, and we cannot assure you that alternate qualified capacity would be available on a timely basis, or at all. As a result, labor disruptions at any of our facilities could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

18

Our business is subject to the risks of severe weather, earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods, and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made disruptions, such as terrorism.

Our facilities could be subject to a catastrophic loss caused by natural disasters, including severe weather, fires, earthquakes or other events, including a terrorist attack, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of a disease (including the COVID‑19 coronavirus). While we maintain disaster recovery plans, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take for natural disasters or other catastrophic events, these events, including terrorist attack, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of a disease (including the COVID‑19 coronavirus), hurricanes, fire, floods and ice and snow storms, could result in damage to and closure of our or our customers’ facilities or the infrastructure on which such facilities rely. Additional, it could delay production and shipments, reduce sales, result in large expenses to repair or replace the facility and we may experience extended power outages at our facilities. Disruption in supply resulting from natural disasters or other causalities or catastrophic events may result in certain of our suppliers being unable to deliver sufficient quantities of components or raw materials at all or in a timely manner, disruptions in our operations or disruptions in our customers’ operations. Although we carry business interruption insurance policies and typically have provisions in our contracts that protect us in certain events, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. To the extent that natural disasters or other calamities or causalities should result in delays or cancellations of customer orders, or the delay in the manufacture or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

Our business is subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws, rules, policies, and other obligations regarding privacy, data protection, and other matters.

We are subject to federal, state, and international laws relating to the collection, use, retention, security, and transfer of customer, employee, and business partner personally identifiable information (“PII”), including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which came into effect in May 2018 and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which came into effect on January 1, 2020. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between one company and its subsidiaries, and among the subsidiaries and other parties with which we have commercial relations. The introduction of new products or expansion of our activities in certain jurisdictions may subject us to additional laws and regulations. Foreign data protection, privacy, and other laws and regulations, including GDPR, can be more restrictive than those in the United States. These U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations, including GDPR which can be enforced by private parties or government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations, including GDPR, are often uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current policies and practices. These existing and proposed laws and regulations can be costly to comply with and can delay or impede the development of new products, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to inquiries or investigations, claims or other remedies, including fines, which may be significant, or demands that we modify or cease existing business practices.

A failure by us, our suppliers, or other parties with whom we do business to comply with posted privacy policies or with other federal, state, or international privacy-related or data protection laws and regulations, including GDPR and CCPA, could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Third parties have claimed and may in the future claim we are infringing their intellectual property, which could subject us to litigation or licensing expenses, and we may be prevented from selling our products if any such claims prove successful.

We may in the future receive claims that our products, processes or technologies infringe the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. In addition, we may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may be applicable to our products. Any litigation regarding our patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert our management and key personnel from our business operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The complexity of the technology involved in our products and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. Claims of intellectual property infringement may also require us to enter into costly license agreements. However, we may not be able to obtain licenses on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against the development, manufacture and sale of certain of our products if any such claims prove successful. We also rely on design specifications and other intellectual property of our customers in the manufacture of products for such customers. While our customer agreements generally provide for indemnification of us by a customer if we are subjected to litigation for third-party claims of infringement of such customer’s intellectual property, such indemnification provisions may not be sufficient to fully protect us from such claims, or our customers may breach such indemnification obligations to us, which could result in costly litigation to defend against such claims or enforce our contractual rights to such indemnification.

19

From time to time, we may become involved in other litigation and regulatory proceedings, which could require significant attention from our management and result in significant expense to us and disruptions in our business.

In addition to any litigation related to our intellectual property rights, we may in the future be named as a defendant from time to time in other lawsuits and regulatory actions relating to our business, such as commercial contract claims, employment claims and tax examinations, some of which may claim significant damages or cause us reputational harm. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and regulatory proceedings, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceeding. An unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or limit our ability to engage in certain of our business activities. In addition, regardless of the outcome of any litigation or regulatory proceeding, such proceedings are often expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations and require significant attention from our management. As a result, any such lawsuits or proceedings could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a global company, we are subject to the risks of doing business internationally, including periodic foreign economic downturns and political instability, which may adversely affect our sales and cost of doing business in those regions of the world.

Foreign economic downturns have adversely affected our business and results of operations in the past and could adversely affect our business and results of operations in the future. In addition, other factors relating to the operation of our business outside of the United States may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in the future, including:

• the imposition of governmental controls or changes in government regulations, including tax regulations;

• difficulties in enforcing our intellectual property rights;

• difficulties in developing relationships with local suppliers;

• difficulties in attracting new international customers;

• difficulties in complying with foreign and international laws and treaties;

• restrictions on the export of technology;

• compliance with U.S. and international laws involving international operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, export control laws and export license requirements;

• difficulties in achieving headcount reductions due to unionized labor and works councils;

• restrictions on transfers of funds and assets between jurisdictions;

• geo-political instability; and

• trade restrictions and changes in taxes and tariffs.

In the future, we may seek to expand our presence in certain foreign markets or enter emerging markets. Evaluating or entering into an emerging market may require considerable management time, as well as start-up expenses for market development before any significant sales and earnings are generated. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local political, economic and market conditions. As we continue to operate our business globally, our success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and the other risks noted above. The impact of any one or more of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in U.S. trade policy, tariff, and import/export regulations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our international operations and transactions also depend upon favorable trade relations between the United States and the foreign countries in which our customers and suppliers have operations. Changes in U.S. or international social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment in the territories or countries where we currently sell our products or conduct our business, as well as any negative sentiment toward the U.S. as a result of such changes, could adversely affect our business. The current U.S. presidential administration may institute or propose changes in trade policies that include the negotiation or termination of trade agreements, the imposition of higher tariffs on imports into the U.S., economic sanctions on individuals, corporations or countries, and other government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries where we conduct our business. It may be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our business operations in order to adapt to or comply with any such changes.

20

As a result of recent policy changes of the U.S. presidential administration and recent U.S. government proposals, there may be greater restrictions and economic disincentives on international trade. The new tariffs and other changes in U.S. trade policy could trigger retaliatory actions by affected countries, and certain foreign governments have instituted or are considering imposing trade sanctions on certain U.S. goods. We do a significant amount of business that would be impacted by changes to the trade policies of the U.S. and foreign countries (including governmental action related to tariffs, international trade agreements, or economic sanctions). Such changes have the potential to adversely impact the U.S. economy or certain sectors thereof, our industry and the global demand for our products. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies to counter the foregoing factors effectively in each location where we do business and the foregoing factors may cause a reduction in our sales, profitability or cash flows, or cause an increase in our liabilities.

We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations, which could require us to incur environmental liabilities, increase our manufacturing and related compliance costs or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment. These environmental laws and regulations include those relating to the use, storage, handling, discharge, emission, disposal and reporting of toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous materials used in our manufacturing processes. These materials may have been or could be released into the environment at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us, at other locations during the transport of materials or at properties to which we send substances for treatment or disposal. In addition, we may not be aware of all environmental laws or regulations that could subject us to liability in the United States or internationally. If we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws and regulations or become non-compliant with permits required at some of our facilities, we could be held financially responsible and incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a publicly traded company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Pursuant to the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act until our fiscal year 2021. Accordingly, we may incur additional costs to comply with Section 404(b).

If we identify weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We previously identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, disclosure controls, and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our share price.

As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 27, 2019, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting related to the prevention and timely detection of funds transfers to unauthorized accounts due to criminal fraud by persons impersonating one of our suppliers. We completed remediation measures related to the material weaknesses and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 27, 2019. Completion of remediation does not provide assurance that our remediation or other controls will continue to operate properly or remain adequate.

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, our ability to record, process, and report financial information accurately and to prepare financial statements within required time periods could be adversely affected, which could subject us to litigation, investigations, or penalties; negatively affect our liquidity, our access to capital markets, perceptions of our creditworthiness, our ability to complete acquisitions, our ability to maintain compliance with covenants under our debt instruments or derivative arrangements regarding the timely filing of periodic reports, or investor confidence in our financial reporting, any of which may divert management resources or cause our stock price to decline.

21

There are limitations on the effectiveness of controls, and the failure of our control systems may materially and adversely impact us.

We do not expect that disclosure controls or internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Failure of our control systems to prevent error or fraud could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance with SEC rules relating to “conflict minerals” may require us and our suppliers to incur substantial expense and may result in disclosure by us that certain minerals used in products we manufacture are not “DRC conflict free.”

Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, required the SEC to promulgate rules requiring disclosure by a public company of any “conflict minerals” (tin, tungsten, tantalum and gold) necessary to the functionality or production of a product manufactured or contracted to be manufactured by such company. The SEC adopted final rules in 2012 which took effect at the end of January 2013. Because we manufacture products which may contain tin, tungsten, tantalum or gold, we will be required under these rules to determine whether those minerals are necessary to the functionality or production of our products and, if so, conduct a country of origin inquiry with respect to all such minerals. If any such minerals may have originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, or the DRC, or any of its adjoining countries, or the “covered countries,” then we and our suppliers must conduct diligence on the source and chain of custody of the conflict minerals to determine if they did originate in one of the covered countries and, if so, whether they financed or benefited armed groups in the covered countries. Disclosures relating to the products which may contain conflict minerals, the country of origin of those minerals and whether they are “DRC conflict free” must be provided in a Form SD (and accompanying conflict minerals report if one is required to disclose the diligence undertaken by us in sourcing the minerals and our conclusions relating to such diligence). If we are required to submit a conflict minerals report, that report must be audited by an independent auditor pursuant to existing government auditing standards, unless (for the first two years) we are unable to determine whether the minerals are “DRC conflict free.” Compliance with this disclosure rule may be very time consuming for management and our supply chain personnel (as well as time consuming for our suppliers) and could involve the expenditure of significant amounts of money and resources by us and them. Disclosures by us mandated by the rules which are perceived by the market to be “negative” may cause customers to refuse to purchase our products. We are currently unable to assess the cost of compliance with this rule, and we cannot assure you that such cost will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in tax laws, tax rates or tax assets and liabilities could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation in the United States and various other countries. Significant judgment is required to determine and estimate worldwide tax liabilities. Our future annual and quarterly tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, including changes in applicable tax laws, the amount and composition of pre-tax income in countries with differing tax rates or valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. We have significant operations in the United States and our holding company structure includes entities organized in the Cayman Islands, Netherlands, Singapore and Scotland. As a result, changes in applicable tax laws in these jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to regular examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities, and from time to time we initiate amendments to previously filed tax returns. We regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these examinations and amendments to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, which requires estimates and judgments. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the tax authorities will agree with such estimates. We may have to engage in litigation to achieve the results reflected in the estimates, which may be time- consuming and expensive. We cannot assure you that we will be successful or that any final determination will not be materially different from the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

22

Liquidity and Capital Resources Risks

Restrictive covenants under our Credit Facilities may limit our current and future operations. If we fail to comply with those covenants, the lenders could cause outstanding amounts, which are currently substantial, to become immediately due and payable, and we might not have sufficient funds and assets to pay such loans.

As of December 25, 2020, we had total principal outstanding of $153.1 million under our term loan facility and $49.2 million under our revolving credit facility (collectively “credit facilities”). We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our credit facilities contain certain restrictive covenants and conditions, including limitations on our ability to, among other things:

• incur additional indebtedness or contingent obligations;

• create or incur liens, negative pledges or guarantees;

• make investments;

• make loans;

• sell or otherwise dispose of assets;

• merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets;

• make certain payments on indebtedness;

• pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

• enter into certain agreements that restrict distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• change the nature of our business; and

• amend the terms of our organizational documents.

As a result of these covenants, we may be restricted in our ability to pursue new business opportunities or strategies or to respond quickly to changes in the industries that we serve. A violation of any of these covenants would be deemed an event of default under our credit facilities. In such event, upon the election of the lenders, the loan commitments under our credit facilities would terminate and the principal amount of the loans and accrued interest then outstanding would be due and payable immediately. A default may also result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we cannot assure you that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient funds to repay such indebtedness or be able to obtain replacement financing on a timely basis or at all. These events could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also may need to negotiate changes to the covenants in the agreements governing our credit facilities in the future if there are material changes in our business, financial condition or results of operations, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on terms favorable to us or at all.

The interest rates on our credit agreement might change based on changes to the method in which LIBOR or its replacement rate is determined.

In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) that regulates LIBOR announced it intends to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. As a result, the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York organized the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”) which identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative to USD-LIBOR in derivatives and other financial contracts. We are not able to predict when LIBOR will cease to be available or when there will be sufficient liquidity in the SOFR markets. Any changes adopted by FCA or other governing bodies in the method used for determining LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR. If that were to occur, our interest payments could change. In addition, uncertainty about the extent and manner of future changes may result in interest rates and/or payments that are higher or lower than if LIBOR were to remain available in its current form.

We have agreements that are indexed to LIBOR, including our credit agreement. We are monitoring and evaluating the related risks that arise in connection with transitioning contracts to a new alternative rate, including any resulting value transfer that may occur. The value of loans, securities, or derivative instruments tied to LIBOR could also be impacted if LIBOR is limited or discontinued. For some instruments, the method of transitioning to an alternative rate may be challenging, as they may require negotiation with the respective counterparty.

If an agreement is not transitioned to an alternative rate and LIBOR is discontinued, the impact is likely to vary by agreement. If LIBOR is discontinued or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from their current form, interest rates on our current or future indebtedness and related interest rate swaps may be adversely affected.

While we expect LIBOR to be available in substantially its current form until the end of 2021, it is possible that LIBOR will become unavailable prior to that point. This could result, for example, if sufficient banks decline to make submissions to the LIBOR administrator. In that case, the risks associated with the transition to an alternative reference rate will be accelerated and magnified.

23

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including under our Credit Facilities, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness, including under our Credit Facilities, depends on our financial condition and results of operations, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to fund our day-to-day operations or to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and, as a result, the lenders under our Credit Facilities could terminate their commitments to loan money, or foreclose against the assets securing such borrowings, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation, in each case, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Ordinary Share Ownership Risks

Our quarterly sales and operating results fluctuate significantly from period to period, and this may cause volatility in our share price.

Our quarterly sales and operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future for a variety of reasons, including the following:

• demand for and market acceptance of our products as a result of the cyclical nature of the industries we serve or otherwise, often resulting in reduced sales during industry downturns and increased sales during periods of industry recovery or growth;

• overall economic conditions;

• changes in the timing and size of orders by our customers;

• strategic decisions by our customers to terminate their outsourcing relationship with us or give market share to our competitors;

• consolidation by our customers;

• cancellations and postponements of previously placed orders;

• pricing pressure from either our competitors or our customers, resulting in the reduction of our product prices or loss of market share;

• disruptions or delays in the manufacturing of our products or in the supply of components or raw materials that are incorporated into or used to manufacture our products, thereby causing us to delay the shipment of products;

• decreased margins for several or more quarters following the introduction of new products, especially as we introduce new subsystems or other products or services;

• changes in design-to-delivery cycle times;

• inability to reduce our costs quickly in step with reductions in our prices or in response to decreased demand for our products;

• changes in our mix of products sold;

• write-offs of excess or obsolete inventory;

• one-time expenses or charges; and

• announcements by our competitors of new products, services or technological innovations, which may, among other things, render our products less competitive.

As a result of the foregoing, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our sales and results of operations may not be meaningful and that these comparisons may not be an accurate indicator of our future performance. Changes in the timing or terms of a small number of transactions could disproportionately affect our results of operations in any particular quarter. Moreover, our results of operations in one or more future quarters may fail to meet our guidance or the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, we would expect to experience an immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares.

The price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate substantially.

You should consider an investment in our ordinary shares to be risky, and you should invest in our ordinary shares only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuations in the market value of your investment. Some factors that may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to fluctuate, in addition to the other risks mentioned in this report, are:

• our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, enhancements, significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic investments;

• changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our ordinary shares;

• speculation about our business in the press or investment community;

24

• failures to meet external expectations or management guidance;

• fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

• changes in our capital structure or dividend policy, future issuances of securities, sales of large blocks of ordinary shares by our shareholders, our incurrence of additional debt or our failure to comply with the agreements governing our Credit Facilities;

• our decision to enter new markets;

• reputational issues;

• changes in general economic and market conditions in any of the regions in which we conduct our business;

• material litigation or government investigations;

• changes in industry conditions or perceptions; and

• changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations.

In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry or industries related to our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our share price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if unsuccessful, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.

Future sales of our ordinary shares, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our share price.

We may seek to raise additional capital from time to time in the future, which may involve the issuance of additional ordinary shares, or securities convertible into ordinary shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares.

We intend to remain an “emerging growth company” through the end of fiscal 2021 and our reduced public company disclosure could make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We intend to remain an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, through the end of fiscal 2021. Until such time, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We have taken advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in our SEC filings. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our ordinary shares may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and the price for our ordinary shares may be more volatile.

We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions (including those under our Credit Facilities and any potential indebtedness we may incur in the future), restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. There can be no assurance that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do commence paying dividends. Accordingly, realization of a gain on an investment in our ordinary shares will depend on the appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our ordinary shares.

Our articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions that could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders.

Our articles of association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of control transactions, including, among other things:

• provisions that authorize our Board of Directors, without action by our shareholders, to issue additional ordinary shares and preferred shares with preferential rights determined by our Board of Directors;

25

• provisions that permit only a majority of our Board of Directors or the chairman of our Board of Directors to call shareholder meetings and therefore do not permit shareholders to call shareholder meetings;

• provisions that impose advance notice requirements, minimum shareholding periods and ownership thresholds, and other requirements and limitations on the ability of shareholders to propose matters for consideration at shareholder meetings; and

• a staggered board whereby our directors are divided into three classes, with each class subject to re-election once every three years on a rotating basis.

These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. With our staggered Board of Directors, at least two annual meetings of shareholders are generally required in order to effect a change in a majority of our directors. Our staggered Board of Directors can discourage proxy contests for the election of our directors and purchases of substantial blocks of our shares by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to gain control of our Board of Directors in a relatively short period of time.

The issuance of preferred shares could adversely affect holders of ordinary shares.

Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue preferred shares without any action on the part of holders of our ordinary shares. Our Board of Directors also has the power, without shareholder approval, to set the terms of any such preferred shares that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, and preferences over our ordinary shares with respect to dividends or if we liquidate, dissolve or wind up our business and other terms. If we issue preferred shares in the future that have preference over our ordinary shares with respect to the payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our ordinary shares, the rights of holders of our ordinary shares or the price of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests as a shareholder, as Cayman Islands law provides substantially less protection when compared to the laws of the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and by the Companies Law (2013 Revision) and common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors and us, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands have a less exhaustive body of securities laws as compared to the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the United States federal courts.

As a result of all of the above, our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us or our officers, directors or major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and a portion our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets. There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares.

A non-U.S. corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Our PFIC status for any taxable year can be determined only after the close of that year.

26

Based on the value of our assets and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe we were treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income purposes for our taxable year ended December 25, 2020. The determination of PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income that we earn, and is subject to uncertainty in several respects. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we were not treated as a PFIC for our taxable year ended December 25, 2020 or any prior taxable year, that we will not be treated as a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year or that the IRS will not take a position contrary to any position that we take.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. person holds ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. person. You are strongly urged to consult your tax advisors as to whether or not we will be a PFIC and the consequences of such status on an investment in our shares in your particular circumstances.

If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our shares, such person may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

If a U.S. person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly, or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our shares, such person may be treated as a “United States shareholder” with respect to each “controlled foreign corporation” in our group (if any). Because our group includes one or more U.S. subsidiaries, in certain circumstances we could be treated as a controlled foreign corporation and/or certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries could be treated as controlled foreign corporations (regardless of whether we are or are not treated as a controlled foreign corporation).

A United States shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income” and investments in United States property by controlled foreign corporations, whether or not we make any distributions. An individual that is a United States shareholder with respect to a controlled foreign corporation generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a United States shareholder that is a U.S. corporation. A failure to comply with these reporting obligations may subject a United States shareholder to significant monetary penalties and may prevent starting of the statute of limitations with respect to such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which reporting was due. We do not intend to monitor whether we are or any of our current or future non-U.S. subsidiaries is treated as a controlled foreign corporation or whether any investor is treated as a United States shareholder with respect to us or any of our controlled foreign corporation subsidiaries. In addition, we cannot provide assurances that we will furnish to any United States shareholders information that may be necessary to comply with the aforementioned reporting and tax paying obligations.

A U.S. investor should consult its tax advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to an investment in our shares in its particular circumstances.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

27

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive office is located at 3185 Laurelview Ct., Fremont, California 94538. As of December 25, 2020, our principal manufacturing and administrative facilities, including our executive offices, comprises approximately 582,400 square feet. All of our facilities are leased, which allows for flexibility as business conditions and geographic demand change. The table below sets forth the approximate square footage of each of our facilities.

Location	Approximate Square Footage
Austin, Texas		25,700
East Blantyre, Scotland		37,700
Fremont, California		62,800
Nogales, Mexico		22,800
Osakis, Minnesota		22,300
Sauk Rapids, Minnesota		58,600
Selangor, Malaysia		31,900
Seoul, Korea		19,200
Singapore		97,700
Sparks, Nevada		7,500
Tualatin, Oregon		143,400
Union City, California		52,800

We believe that our existing facilities and equipment are well maintained, in good operating condition, and are adequate to meet our currently anticipated requirements.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We may be subject to various legal claims and proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of our business involving claims incidental to our business, including employment-related claims.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Holders of Record

On February 26, 2021, all of our issued ordinary shares were held in “nominee” or “street” name or in our treasury account.

Dividends

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions (including those under our Credit Facilities and any potential indebtedness we may incur in the future), restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations, and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.

28

Stock Performance Graph

The information included under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” is “furnished” and not “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed to be “soliciting material” subject to Regulation 14A or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Our ordinary shares are listed for trading on the NASDAQ under the symbol “ICHR.” The Stock Price Performance Graph set forth below plots the cumulative total shareholder return on a quarterly basis of our ordinary shares from December 9, 2016, the date on which our shares began trading, through December 25, 2020, with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the PHLX Semiconductor Sector Index over the same period. The comparison assumes $100 was invested on December 9, 2016 in the ordinary shares of Ichor Holdings, Ltd., in the Nasdaq Composite Index, and in the PHLX Semiconductor Sector Index and assumes reinvestment of dividends, if any.

The stock price performance shown on the graph above is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Information used in the graph was obtained from the Nasdaq Stock Market, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

29

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our historical selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for 2020, 2019, and 2018, and the selected balance sheet data as of December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this report. The selected statement of operations data for 2017 and 2016 and balance sheet data as of December 28, 2018, December 29, 2017, and December 30, 2016 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the section titled Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018		December 29, 2017		December 30, 2016
			(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	914,236	$	620,837	$	823,611	$	655,892	$	405,747
Gross profit (1)	$	124,892	$	86,364	$	136,137	$	100,761	$	65,395
Operating expenses (1) (2)	$	83,340	$	71,387	$	72,172	$	54,581	$	41,524
Operating income	$	41,552	$	14,977	$	63,965	$	46,180	$	23,871
Net income from continuing operations (3) (4)	$	33,279	$	10,729	$	57,883	$	56,915	$	20,779
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, attributable to ordinary shareholders (5)	$	1.42	$	0.47	$	2.30	$	2.17	$	0.87
Shares used to compute diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, attributable to ordinary shareholders (5)		23,460,105		22,766,903		25,128,055		26,218,424		1,967,926

	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018		December 29, 2017		December 30, 2016
			(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and restricted cash	$	252,899	$	60,612	$	43,834	$	69,304	$	52,648
Working capital	$	333,680	$	113,080	$	123,821	$	131,233	$	56,020
Total assets	$	774,172	$	566,555	$	485,489	$	557,684	$	282,491
Long-term debt (6)	$	202,287	$	181,037	$	204,787	$	189,535	$	39,830
Preferred shares	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total shareholders’ equity	$	411,689	$	221,416	$	198,326	$	216,762	$	141,659

(1) Share-based compensation included in the consolidated statement of operations data above was as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018		December 29, 2017		December 30, 2016
			(in thousands)
Share-Based Compensation Expense:
Gross profit	$	991	$	705	$	608	$	118	$	20
Operating expenses		8,884		7,832		6,969		2,112		3,196
Total share-based compensation expense	$	9,875	$	8,537	$	7,577	$	2,230	$	3,216

(2) As part of our purchase price allocations for our acquisitions of IAN in April 2018, Talon in December 2017, and Cal‑Weld in July 2017, we recorded acquired-inventory at fair value, resulting in a fair value step-up. Accordingly, $4.8 million and $5.2 million were subsequently charged to cost of sales in 2018 and 2017, respectively, as the acquired-inventory was sold.

30

(3) During 2020, income tax benefit primarily consisted of the benefit from our tax holiday in Singapore, as well as the impacts of withholding taxes, stock option exercises, and credit generation. During 2019, income tax benefit primarily consisted of taxable loss incurred in the United States, the benefit from our tax holiday in Singapore, as well as the impacts of withholding taxes, stock option exercises, credit generation, and the release of tax reserves established in purchase accounting. During 2018, income tax benefit primarily consisted of the impact of U.S. operations, offset by discrete tax benefits, including the release of a valuation allowance against our foreign tax credit carryforwards we now expect to realize as a result of additional analysis of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and stock option exercises. During 2017, income tax benefit from continuing operations primarily consisted of the impact of foreign operations, including withholding taxes, offset by a $7.6 million tax benefit as a result of our acquisitions (see Note 2 – Acquisitions of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report), a $5.9 million tax benefit from revaluing our deferred taxes from 35% to 21% due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and a $1.6 million benefit from re-characterizing intercompany debt to equity between our U.S. and Singapore entities related to the reversal of previously accrued withholding taxes. During 2016, income tax benefit from continuing operations primarily consisted of the impact of foreign operations, including withholding taxes, offset by a tax benefit in 2016 as a result of our acquisition (see Note 2 – Acquisitions of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report).

(4) In January 2016, we made the decision to shut down our Kingston, New York facility as this location consumed a significant amount of resources while contributing very little income. We completed the shutdown of the operations of the New York facility in May 2016 through abandonment as a buyer for the facility and operation was not found. The discontinued operation was deemed to be fully disposed of at December 29, 2017.

(5) Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, attributable to ordinary shareholders, was presented in conformity with the two-class method during 2016, as we had two classes of stock until our December 2016 IPO. We considered our convertible preferred shares to be a participating security as the convertible preferred shares participated in dividends with ordinary shareholders, when and if declared by our Board of Directors. In the event a dividend was paid on ordinary shares, the holders of preferred shares were entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of ordinary shares (on an as-if converted basis). The convertible preferred shares did not participate in incurred losses. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities and the related number of outstanding shares of the participating securities, which include contractual participation rights in undistributed earnings, have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net income per share attributable to ordinary shareholders.

(6) Does not include debt issuance costs of $2.0 million, $3.0 million, $3.9 million, $2.8 million, and $1.9 million as of December 25, 2020, December 27, 2019, December 28, 2018, December 29, 2017, and December 30, 2016, respectively.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon our current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly in “Risk Factors”. For discussion related to changes in financial condition and the results of operations for fiscal year 2018-related items, refer to Part II, Item 7 in our Annual Report on Form 10‑K for fiscal year 2019, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2020.

Overview

We are a leader in the design, engineering, and manufacturing of critical fluid delivery subsystems and components for semiconductor capital equipment. Our product offerings include gas and chemical delivery systems and subsystems, collectively known as fluid delivery systems and subsystems, which are key elements of the process tools used in the manufacturing of semiconductor devices. Our gas delivery subsystems deliver, monitor, and control precise quantities of the specialized gases used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as etch and deposition. Our chemical delivery systems and subsystems precisely blend and dispense the reactive liquid chemistries used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as chemical-mechanical planarization, electroplating, and cleaning. We also manufacture precision machined components, weldments, and proprietary products for use in fluid delivery systems for direct sales to our customers. This vertically integrated portion of our business is primarily focused on metal and plastic parts that are used in gas and chemical systems, respectively.

31

Fluid delivery subsystems ensure accurate measurement and uniform delivery of specialty gases and chemicals at critical steps in the semiconductor manufacturing processes. Any malfunction or material degradation in fluid delivery reduces yields and increases the likelihood of manufacturing defects in these processes. Most OEMs outsource all or a portion of the design, engineering, and manufacturing of their gas delivery subsystems to a few specialized suppliers, including us. Additionally, many OEMs are also increasingly outsourcing the design, engineering, and manufacturing of their chemical delivery subsystems due to the increased fluid expertise required to manufacture these subsystems. Outsourcing these subsystems has allowed OEMs to leverage the suppliers’ highly specialized engineering, design, and production skills while focusing their internal resources on their own value-added processes. We believe that this outsourcing trend has enabled OEMs to reduce their costs and development time, as well as provide growth opportunities for specialized subsystems suppliers like us.

We have a global footprint with production facilities in California, Minnesota, Oregon, Texas, Singapore, Malaysia, the United Kingdom, Korea, and Mexico. In 2020, 2019, and 2018, our two largest customers by revenue were Lam Research and Applied Materials.

Key Factors Affecting Our Business

Investment in Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment

The design and manufacturing of semiconductor devices is constantly evolving and becoming more complex in order to achieve greater performance and efficiency. To keep pace with these changes, OEMs need to refine their existing products and invest in developing new products. In addition, semiconductor device manufacturers will continue to invest in new wafer fabrication equipment to expand their production capacity and to support new manufacturing processes.

Outsourcing of Subsystems by Semiconductor OEMs

Faced with increasing manufacturing complexities, more complex subsystems, shorter product lead times, shorter industry spend cycles, and significant capital requirements, outsourcing of subsystems and components by OEMs has continued to grow. In the past two decades, OEMs have outsourced most of their gas delivery systems to suppliers such as us. OEMs have also started to outsource their chemical delivery systems in recent years. Our results will be affected by the degree to which outsourcing of these fluid delivery systems by OEMs continues to grow.

Cyclicality of Semiconductor Capital Equipment Industry

Our business is subject to the cyclicality of the capital expenditures of the semiconductor industry, which drives cyclicality in the semiconductor capital equipment industry in which we operate. In 2020, we derived over 95% of our sales from the semiconductor capital equipment industry. Demand for semiconductor capital equipment can fluctuate significantly based on changes in general economic conditions, including consumer spending, demand for semiconductor products, pricing, and other factors. In the past, these fluctuations have resulted in significant variations in the levels of spending within the semiconductor capital equipment industry, and as a result, our results of operations. The cyclicality of the semiconductor industry will continue to impact our results of operations in the future.

Customer Concentration

The number of capital equipment manufacturers for the semiconductor device industry is significantly consolidated, resulting in a small number of large manufacturers. Our customers are a significant component of this consolidation, resulting in our sales being concentrated in a few customers. In 2020, our top two customers were Lam Research and Applied Material, with Lam Research and Applied Materials accounting for approximately 52% and 35% of sales, respectively. The sales we generated from these customers in 2020 were spread across 42 different product lines utilized in 13 unique manufacturing process steps. We believe the diversity of products that we provide to these customers, combined with the fact that our customers use our products on numerous types of process equipment, lessens the impact of the inherent concentration in the industry. Our customers often require reduced prices or other pricing, quality, or delivery commitments as a condition to their purchasing from us in any given period or increasing their purchase volume, which can, among other things, result in reduced gross margins in order to maintain or expand our market share. Although we do not have any long-term contracts that require customers to place orders with us, Lam Research and Applied Materials have been our customers for over 10 years.

32

Acquisitions

We acquired Cal‑Weld, a California-based leader in the design and fabrication of precision, high purity industrial components, subsystems, and systems, in July 2017 for $56.2 million. We also acquired Talon, a Minnesota-based leader in the design and manufacturing of high precision machined parts used in leading edge semiconductor tools, in December 2017 for $137.8 million. On a combined basis, these acquisitions contributed approximately $57.5 million to sales in 2017. We acquired IAN, a Seoul-based leader in providing locally-sourced design and manufacturing of gas delivery systems to customers in Korea, for $6.5 million, which contributed $7.7 million to sales in 2018. These acquisitions continue to have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations. In December 2020, we acquired certain operating assets and assumed the operations of a business in Nogales, Mexico for $5.0 million to increase our precision machined component manufacturing capacity. We intend to continue to evaluate opportunistic acquisitions to supplement our organic growth, and any such acquisitions could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

COVID-19 Pandemic and Market Conditions Update

The COVID‑19 pandemic and related economic repercussions have created, and are expected to continue to create, significant volatility, uncertainty, and turmoil in our industry. While our facilities are currently not subject to any site-wide government shutdowns, “social distancing” guidelines are resulting, and will continue to result in, reduced factory output. In addition, an increase in direct costs within our factories associated with employee personal protective equipment (“PPE”), facility cleaning and layout changes, together with increases in logistics costs and employee labor costs, as well as other operating inefficiencies have resulted in, and may continue to result in, lower revenues and operating margins. The extent and duration of these impacts cannot be specifically quantified given the dynamic nature and breadth of the pandemic’s impact on our operations and that of our customers and suppliers.

Components of Our Results of Operations

The following discussion sets forth certain components of our statements of operations as well as significant factors that impact those items.

Sales

We generate sales primarily from the design, manufacture, and sale of subsystems and components for semiconductor capital equipment. Sales are recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our shipping terms are generally “shipping point.” Accordingly, control transfers, and sales are recognized, at this point-in-time.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales consists primarily of purchased materials, direct labor, indirect labor, factory overhead cost, and depreciation expense for our manufacturing facilities and equipment, as well as certain engineering costs that are related to non-recurring engineering services that we provide to, and for which we invoice, our customers in connection with their product development activities. Our business has a highly variable cost structure with a low fixed overhead structure as a percentage of cost of sales. In addition, our existing global manufacturing plant capacity is scalable, and we are able to adjust to increased customer demand for our products without significant additional capital investment. We operate our business in this manner to avoid having excessive fixed costs during a cyclical downturn while retaining flexibility to expand our production volumes during periods of growth. However, this approach results in a smaller increase in gross margin as a percentage of sales in times of increased demand.

Since the gross margin on each of our products differs, our overall gross margin as a percentage of our sales changes based on the mix of products we sell in any period.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses primarily include research and development and sales, general, and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, share-based compensation, and, with regard to sales and marketing expense, sales commissions. Operating expenses also include overhead costs for facilities, IT, and depreciation. In addition, our operating expenses include costs related to amortization of intangible assets and restructuring costs.

33

Research and development – Research and development expense consists primarily of activities related to product design and other development activities, new component testing and evaluation, and test equipment and fixture development. Research and development expense does not include engineering costs that are related to non-recurring engineering services that we provide to, and for which we invoice, our customers as part of sales, which are reflected as cost of sales. We expect research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars as our customers continue to increase their demand for new product designs and as we invest in our research and product development efforts to enhance our product capabilities and access new customer markets.

Selling, general, and administrative – Selling expense consists primarily of salaries and commissions paid to our sales and sales support employees and other costs related to the sales of our products. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and overhead associated with our administrative staff, professional fees, and depreciation and other allocated facility related costs. We expect selling expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in expanding our markets and as we expand our international operations. We expect general and administrative expenses to also increase in absolute dollars due to an increase in costs related to being a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, and accounting expenses.

Amortization of intangibles – Amortization of intangible assets is related to our finite-lived intangible assets and is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the asset.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest on our outstanding debt under our Credit Facilities and any other indebtedness we may incur in the future.

Other Expense (Income), Net

The functional currency of our international operations located in the Singapore, Malaysia, the United Kingdom, and Mexico is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency generate foreign exchange gains and losses that are included in other expense (income), net on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts, and most of our agreements with third-party suppliers, provide for pricing and payment in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, these transactions are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations.

Income Tax Benefit

During 2020, income tax benefit consisted primarily of the benefit from our tax holiday in Singapore, as well as the impacts of withholding taxes, stock option exercises, and credit generation. During 2019, income tax benefit consisted primarily of taxable loss incurred in the United States, the benefit from our tax holiday in Singapore, as well as the impacts of withholding taxes, stock option exercises, credit generation, and the release of tax reserves established in purchase accounting. During 2018, income tax benefit consisted primarily of the impact of U.S. operations, offset by discrete tax benefits, including the release of a valuation allowance against our foreign tax credit carryforwards we now expect to realize as a result of additional analysis of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and stock option exercises.

34

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	914,236		$	620,837		$	823,611
Cost of sales		789,344			534,473			687,474
Gross profit		124,892			86,364			136,137
Operating expenses:
Research and development		13,361			11,102			9,355
Selling, general, and administrative		56,614			47,270			47,448
Amortization of intangible assets		13,365			13,015			15,369
Total operating expenses		83,340			71,387			72,172
Operating income		41,552			14,977			63,965
Interest expense		8,727			10,647			9,987
Other expense (income), net		534			55			(241	)
Income before income taxes		32,291			4,275			54,219
Income tax benefit		(988	)		(6,454	)		(3,664	)
Net income	$	33,279		$	10,729		$	57,883

The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of our total sales for the periods presented.

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales		100.0			100.0			100.0
Cost of sales		86.3			86.1			83.5
Gross profit		13.7			13.9			16.5
Operating expenses:
Research and development		1.5			1.8			1.1
Selling, general, and administrative		6.2			7.6			5.8
Amortization of intangible assets		1.5			2.1			1.9
Total operating expenses		9.1			11.5			8.8
Operating income		4.5			2.4			7.8
Interest expense		1.0			1.7			1.2
Other expense (income), net		0.1			0.0			0.0
Income before income taxes		3.5			0.7			6.6
Income tax benefit		(0.1	)		(1.0	)		(0.4	)
Net income		3.6			1.7			7.0

35

Comparison of Fiscal Years 2020 and 2019

Net Sales

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Net sales	$	914,236	$	620,837	$	293,399		47.3	%

The increase in net sales from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to increased demand from our customers as a result of growth in the global wafer fabrication equipment market, as well as share-gains at our largest customers. On a geographic basis, sales in the U.S. increased by $161.9 million to $491.0 million, and foreign sales increased by $131.5 million to $423.3 million.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

	Year Ended						Change
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Cost of sales	$	789,344		$	534,473		$	254,871		47.7	%
Gross profit	$	124,892		$	86,364		$	38,528		44.6	%
Gross margin		13.7	%		13.9	%			- 20 bps

The increase in cost of sales and gross profit from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to increased sales volume.

The 20 basis point decrease in our gross margin from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to increased costs to operate our production facilities in response to the COVID‑19 pandemic (see “COVID‑19 Pandemic and Market Conditions Update” above), as well as the impacts of certain discrete charges to cost of sales during 2020, including a loss on the sale of certain property and equipment and inventories from our Tampa, Florida facility of $3.6 million, costs incurred in connection with the shutdown of our Union City, California facility of $2.2 million, and a contract settlement loss recorded upon reaching a mutual settlement with the counterparty of a contract dispute of $1.4 million. These charges, which had a combined 70 basis point impact on our gross margin, were mostly offset by higher operating leverage as a result of increased factory utilization and favorable product mix on a year-over-year basis.

Research and Development

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Research and development	$	13,361	$	11,102	$	2,259		20.3	%

The increase in research and development expenses from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to incremental expenses related to the development of our flow controller technology, as well as increased employee-related expense from our existing engineering team, partially offset by lower travel-related expenses.

36

Selling, General, and Administrative

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Selling, general, and administrative	$	56,614	$	47,270	$	9,344		19.8	%

The increase in selling, general, and administrative expense from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to (i) $1.8 million in executive transition costs associated with the transition of our former CEO to Executive Chairman, (ii) $4.7 million in increased employee-related expense, of which $0.8 million was from increased share-based compensation expense, (iii) $1.6 million in increased legal and professional fees, (iv) $1.0 million in increased occupancy costs, and (v) $1.7 million in other administrative costs to support the growing company; partially offset by $0.8 million in reduced travel-related costs and the release of a $0.7 million indemnification asset in the first quarter of 2019, which was recorded in connection with our acquisition of Cal‑Weld in 2017, that did not repeat in 2020.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Amortization of intangibles assets	$	13,365	$	13,015	$	350		2.7	%

The increase in amortization expense from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to incremental amortization expense from purchased developed technology IP assets in May 2019.

Interest Expense

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount			%
	(dollars in thousands)
Interest expense	$	8,727	$	10,647	$	(1,920	)		-18.0	%

The decrease in interest expense from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to a 103 basis point decrease in our weighted average interest rate, from 4.78% to 3.75%, partially offset by a $3.9 million increase in the average amount borrowed during the year as a result of a net draw on our revolving facility, which was partially offset by quarterly term loan payments.

Other Expense, Net

	Year Ended				Change
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Other expense, net	$	534	$	55	$	479		870.9	%

The increase in other expense, net from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to transactions denominated in the local currencies of our foreign operations, as the U.S. dollar fell against the local currencies during most of the second half. These local currencies consist primarily of the Singapore dollar, Malaysian ringgit, British pound, euro, and South Korean won.

37

Income Tax Benefit

	Year Ended						Change
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			Amount		%
	(dollars in thousands)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	5,466		-84.7	%

The decrease in income tax benefit from 2019 to 2020 was primarily due to decreased benefit from taxable losses incurred in the United States, partially offset by increased income in Singapore subject to a tax holiday.

Non-GAAP Results

Management uses non-GAAP metrics to evaluate our operating and financial results. We believe the presentation of non-GAAP results is useful to investors for analyzing business trends and comparing performance to prior periods, along with enhancing investors’ ability to view our results from management’s perspective. Non-GAAP net income is defined as: net income excluding (1) amortization of intangible assets, share-based compensation expense, and non-recurring expenses, including contract settlement losses and divestiture and facility shutdown related charges; and (2) the tax impacts associated with our non-GAAP adjustments, as well as non-recurring discrete tax items. Non-GAAP diluted EPS is defined as non-GAAP net income divided by weighted average diluted ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

The following table presents our unaudited non‑GAAP net income and a reconciliation from net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
	(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Non-GAAP Data:
U.S. GAAP net income	$	33,279		$	10,729		$	57,883
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Amortization of intangible assets		13,365			13,015			15,369
Share-based compensation		9,875			8,537			7,577
Other non-recurring expense, net (1)		7,181			2,808			1,727
Contract settlement loss (2)		1,386			—			—
Facility shutdown costs (3)		2,463			—			—
Fair value adjustment to inventory from acquisitions (4)		—			—			4,839
Tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (5)		(8,507	)		(6,743	)		(8,203	)
Tax benefit from release of valuation allowance (6)		—			—			(4,140	)
Non-GAAP net income	$	59,042		$	28,346		$	75,052
U.S. GAAP diluted EPS	$	1.42		$	0.47		$	2.30
Non-GAAP diluted EPS	$	2.52		$	1.25		$	2.99
Shares used to compute diluted EPS		23,460,105			22,766,903			25,128,055

(1) Included in this amount for 2020 are primarily (i) a $3.6 million loss on the sale of inventories and property and equipment from our Tampa, Florida facility, (ii) non-capitalized costs incurred in connection with our implementation of a new ERP system and a Sarbanes-Oxley (“SOX”) compliance program, and (iii) costs associated with restructuring and transitioning key leadership roles.

Included in this amount for 2019 are primarily (i) acquisition-related expenses associated with a charge to expense from the extinguishment of an indemnification asset related to our acquisition of Cal‑Weld in 2017 and expense associated with a two-year retention agreement between the Company and key management personnel of IAN (the “IAN retention agreement”), (ii) costs associated with restructuring and transitioning key leadership roles, and (iii) non-capitalized costs incurred in connection with our implementation of a new ERP system and a SOX compliance program.

Included in this amount for fiscal year 2018 are (i) expenses associated with separation benefits for a former officer that became effective in January 2018, (ii) a gain on the extinguishment of the IAN earn-out liability, and (iii) acquisition-related expenses, comprised primarily of expense associated with the IAN retention agreement.

38

(2) During the first quarter of 2020, we reached a mutual settlement with the counterparty of a contract dispute and, accordingly, recorded a $1.4 million contract settlement loss to cost of sales.

(3) During the second quarter of 2020, we announced the closure of our manufacturing facility in Union City, California, which we expect to complete by the end of the first quarter of 2021. Included in this amount are (i) inventory write-off costs of $1.3 million amount for the year ended December 25, 2020; (ii) severance costs associated with affected employees of $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2020, the third quarter of 2020, and the year ended December 25, 2020, respectively; and (iii) accelerated depreciation charges in excess of pre-shutdown decision run-rate associated with property and equipment expected to be abandoned at the time of facility closure of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2020, the third quarter of 2020, and the year ended December 25, 2020.

(4) As part of our purchase price allocations for our acquisitions of Cal‑Weld in July 2017, Talon in December 2017, and IAN in April 2018, we recorded acquired-inventory at fair value, resulting in a fair value step-up of $3.6 million, $6.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. These amounts were subsequently released to cost of sales as acquired-inventory was sold.

(5) Adjusts U.S. GAAP income tax expense (benefit) for impact of our non-GAAP adjustments, as defined, including the impacts of excluding share-based compensation, amortization of intangible assets, and other non-recurring expenses. This adjustment also excludes the impact of non-recurring discrete tax items.

(6) Represents the release of a valuation allowance against our foreign tax credit carryforwards we now expect to realize as a result of additional analysis of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

Non-GAAP results have limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP. Other companies may calculate non-GAAP results differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, both of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP results as a tool for comparison.

Because of these limitations, you should consider non-GAAP results alongside other financial performance measures and results presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, in evaluating non-GAAP results, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses such as those that are the subject of adjustments in deriving non-GAAP results and you should not infer from our presentation of non-GAAP results that our future results will not be affected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Results

The following table set forth statement of operations data for the periods indicated. The information for each of these periods is unaudited and has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements included herein and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our unaudited operations data for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

	Three Months Ended
	December 25, 2020			September 25, 2020			June 26, 2020		March 27, 2020			December 27, 2019			September 27, 2019			June 28, 2019			March 29, 2019
	(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Sales	$	244,966		$	227,678		$	221,564	$	220,028		$	189,355		$	154,456		$	139,195		$	137,831
Cost of sales		210,616			195,172			192,302		191,254			163,440			133,763			119,662			117,608
Gross profit		34,350			32,506			29,262		28,774			25,915			20,693			19,533			20,223
Operating expenses:
Research and development		3,261			3,269			3,509		3,322			3,090			2,987			2,634			2,391
Selling, general and administrative		13,516			13,367			13,113		16,618			13,779			11,048			10,685			11,758
Amortization of intangible assets		3,357			3,338			3,336		3,334			3,340			3,336			3,202			3,137
Total operating expenses		20,134			19,974			19,958		23,274			20,209			17,371			16,521			17,286
Operating income		14,216			12,532			9,304		5,500			5,706			3,322			3,012			2,937
Interest expense		1,999			2,052			2,302		2,374			2,454			2,663			2,762			2,768
Other expense (income), net		321			242			2		(31	)		67			(43	)		7			24
Income before income taxes		11,896			10,238			7,000		3,157			3,185			702			243			145
Income tax expense (benefit)		(625	)		(310	)		189		(242	)		(4,767	)		(221	)		(93	)		(1,373	)
Net income	$	12,521		$	10,548		$	6,811	$	3,399		$	7,952		$	923		$	336		$	1,518
Diluted net income per share:	$	0.51		$	0.45		$	0.30	$	0.15		$	0.35		$	0.04		$	0.01		$	0.07
Shares used to compute diluted net income per share:		24,370,434			23,347,460			23,066,976		23,181,127			22,993,767			22,718,882			22,663,053			22,536,209

39

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated.

	Three Months Ended
	December 25, 2020			September 25, 2020			June 26, 2020		March 27, 2020			December 27, 2019			September 27, 2019			June 28, 2019			March 29, 2019
Sales		100.0			100.0			100.0		100.0			100.0			100.0			100.0			100.0
Cost of sales		86.0			85.7			86.8		86.9			86.3			86.6			86.0			85.3
Gross profit		14.0			14.3			13.2		13.1			13.7			13.4			14.0			14.7
Operating expenses:
Research and development		1.3			1.4			1.6		1.5			1.6			1.9			1.9			1.7
Selling, general and administrative		5.5			5.9			5.9		7.6			7.3			7.2			7.7			8.5
Amortization of intangible assets		1.4			1.5			1.5		1.5			1.8			2.2			2.3			2.3
Total operating expenses		8.2			8.8			9.0		10.6			10.7			11.2			11.9			12.5
Operating income		5.8			5.5			4.2		2.5			3.0			2.2			2.2			2.1
Interest expense		0.8			0.9			1.0		1.1			1.3			1.7			2.0			2.0
Other expense (income), net		0.1			0.1			0.0		0.0			0.0			0.0			0.0			0.0
Income before income taxes		4.9			4.5			3.2		1.4			1.7			0.5			0.2			0.1
Income tax expense (benefit)		(0.3	)		(0.1	)		0.1		(0.1	)		(2.5	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(1.0	)
Net income		5.1			4.6			3.1		1.5			4.2			0.6			0.2			1.1

Seasonality

We have not historically experienced meaningful seasonality with respect to our business or results of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had cash of $252.9 million as of December 25, 2020, compared to $60.6 million as of December 27, 2019. Our principal uses of liquidity are to fund our working capital needs, purchase new capital equipment, and acquisitions. The increase was primarily due to net proceeds of $139.4 million from our issuance of 4.6 million ordinary shares on December 14, 2020, cash provided by operating activities of $38.3 million, net proceeds from our credit facilities of $21.3 million, and net proceeds from the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plans of $8.0 million, partially offset by capital expenditures of $10.3 million and by cash paid to acquire a precision machining operation in Sonora, Mexico of $5.0 million.

We believe that our cash, the amounts available under our revolving credit facility, and our cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

Cash Flow Analysis

The following table sets forth a summary of operating, investing, and financing activities for the periods presented:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
	(in thousands)
Cash provided by operating activities	$	38,260		$	57,150		$	60,475
Cash used in investing activities		(14,597	)		(20,490	)		(15,363	)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities		168,624			(19,882	)		(70,582	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash	$	192,287		$	16,778		$	(25,470	)

40

Operating Activities

Cash generated by operating activities of $38.3 million during 2020 was due to net income of $33.3 million and net non-cash charges of $37.0 million, offset by an increase in our net operating assets and liabilities of $32.0 million. Net non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of $24.2 million, share-based compensation of $9.9 million, and a loss on the sale of equipment and inventory from our Tampa, Florida facility of $3.6 million, partially offset by deferred taxes of $1.7 million. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable of $16.1 million, a decrease of accounts payable of $14.5 million, an increase in inventories of $8.5 million, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.1 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued and other liabilities of $9.2 million. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased sales volume during the fourth quarter of 2020 compared to the fourth quarter of 2019. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of purchases, material receipts, and payments near the end of the fourth quarter of 2020 compared to the fourth quarter of 2019

Cash generated by operating activities of $57.2 million during 2019 was due to net income of $10.7 million, net non-cash charges of $24.2 million, and a decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities of $22.2 million. Non-cash charges of $24.2 million primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of $21.9 million and share-based compensation of $8.5 million, partially offset by deferred taxes of $7.1 million. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accounts payable of $68.0 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $44.6 million, resulting from increased purchasing and sales activity as we ended 2019 compared to ending 2018.

Cash generated by operating activities of $60.5 million during 2018 was due to net income of $57.9 million and net non-cash charges of $24.9 million, partially offset by an increase in our net operating assets and liabilities of $22.3 million, net of acquired assets and liabilities. Non-cash charges primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of $23.1 million and share-based compensation of $7.6 million, partially offset by deferred income taxes of $6.7 million. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable and accrued and other liabilities of $62.2 million and $5.0 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease in inventories and accounts receivable of $35.1 million and $10.4 million, respectively.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities of $14.6 million during 2020 was due to capital expenditures of $10.3 million and cash paid for acquisitions of $5.0 million, partially offset by $0.7 million in proceeds from the sale of certain property and equipment from our Tampa, Florida facility.

Cash used in investing activities of $20.5 million during 2019 was due to capital expenditures of $12.3 million and cash paid for developed technology assets of $8.1 million.

Cash used in investing activities of $15.4 million during 2018 was due to capital expenditures of $13.9 million and net cash paid in connection with acquisitions of $1.4 million.

Financing Activities

Cash generated by financing activities of $168.6 million during 2020 was due to net proceeds of $139.4 million from our issuance of 4.6 million ordinary shares on December 14, 2020, net proceeds from our credit facilities of $21.3 million, and net proceeds from the issuance of shares under our share-based compensation plans of $8.0 million.

Cash used in financing activities of $19.9 million during 2019 was due to net payments on long-term debt of $23.8 million and share repurchases of $1.6 million, partially offset by net proceeds from the issuance of ordinary shares under our share-based compensation plans of $5.5 million.

Cash used in financing activities of $70.6 million during 2018 was due to share repurchases of $90.0 million and debt modification costs in connection with the refinancing of our credit facilities in February 2018 of $2.1 million, partially offset by net borrowing on long-term debt of $15.3 million and proceeds related to issuances of ordinary shares under our share-based compensation plans of $6.2 million.

Credit Facilities

For a description of our Credit Facilities, please review the information provided in Note 9 – Credit Facilities of our consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

41

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 25, 2020:

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More Than 5 Years
	(in thousands)
Operating leases	$	11,025	$	5,128	$	5,623	$	274	$	—
Long-term debt obligations, principal (1)		202,287		8,750		193,537		—		—
Long-term debt obligations, interest (2)		13,851		6,700		7,151		—		—
Total	$	227,163	$	20,578	$	206,311	$	274	$	—

(1) Represents the contractually required principal payments under our Credit Facilities in accordance with the required principal payment schedule.

(2) Represents the contractually required interest payments under our Credit Facilities in accordance with the required interest payment schedule. Interest costs have been estimated based on interest rates in effect for such indebtedness as of December 25, 2020.

The table above does not include amounts related to uncertain tax positions because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of the settlement of such liabilities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales, expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

To understand our revenue recognition accounting policy, please review the information provided in Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Inventory Valuation

To understand our inventory valuation accounting policy, please review the information provided in Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. During 2020, 2019, and 2018, we wrote down inventory determined to be excessive or obsolete by $4.6 million, $1.1 million, and $1.9 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standards setting bodies issue new accounting pronouncements. Updates to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification are communicated through issuance of an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”). Unless otherwise discussed, we believe that the impact of recently issued guidance, whether adopted or to be adopted in the future, is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.

42

To understand the impact of recently issued guidance, whether adopted or to be adopted, please review the information provided in Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our consolidated financial statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 25, 2020, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to financial market risks, including changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Currently, substantially all of our sales and arrangements with third-party suppliers provide for pricing and payment in U.S. dollars and, therefore, are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, we do not expect foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to have a material effect on our results of operations. However, increases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies would make our products more expensive relative to competing products priced in such other currencies, which could negatively impact our ability to compete. Conversely, decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies could result in our foreign suppliers raising their prices in order to continue doing business with us.

While not currently significant, we do have certain operating expenses that are denominated in currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, and may be subject to fluctuations due to foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the Singapore dollar, Malaysian ringgit, British pound, and euro. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions.

Interest Rate Risk

We had total indebtedness of $202.3 million as of December 25, 2020, exclusive of $2.0 million in debt issuance costs, of which $8.8 million was due within 12 months. The outstanding amount of debt included elsewhere in this report is net of debt issuance costs.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. The interest rate on our outstanding debt is based on LIBOR, the Prime Rate, or the Federal Funds Rate. A hypothetical 1% interest rate change on our outstanding debt would have resulted in a $2.0 million change to interest expense during 2020.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary financial information required to be filed under this Item 8 are presented beginning on page F‑1 in Part IV, Item 15 of this annual report on Form 10‑K and are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a‑15(b) under the Exchange Act, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 25, 2020.

43

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f) under the Exchange Act). With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that a misstatement of our financial statements would be prevented or detected. Based on that assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 25, 2020 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

We have not engaged an independent registered accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Our independent public registered accounting firm will first be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the first year we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined by the JOBS Act.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. If we cannot provide reliable financial information, our business, operating results and share price could be negatively impacted.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter ended December 25, 2020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

44

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 General Meeting to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 25, 2020.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of business ethics and conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) that applies to all employees, officers, and directors, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer. The Code of Conduct is available on our investor relations website at ir.ichorsystems.com. We intend to post all disclosures that are required by law or NASDAQ listing rules regarding any amendment to, or a waiver of, any provision of the Code of Conduct for the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 General Meeting to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 25, 2020.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 General Meeting to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 25, 2020.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 General Meeting to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 25, 2020.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2021 General Meeting to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the year ended December 25, 2020.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements.

The following Consolidated Financial Statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F‑1
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F‑2
Consolidated Statements of Operations	F‑3
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	F‑4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F‑5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F‑6

(2) Exhibits. Exhibits are listed on the Exhibit Index at the end of this report.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

45

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

Ichor Holdings, Ltd.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 25, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 25, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of December 29, 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016‑02, Leases, and ASU 2018‑11, Leases: Targeted Improvements (Topic 842).

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

Portland, Oregon

March 5, 2021

F-1

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Assets
Current assets:
Cash	$	252,899		$	60,612
Accounts receivable, net		100,977			84,849
Inventories		134,756			127,037
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		7,082			4,449
Total current assets		495,714			276,947
Property and equipment, net		41,811			44,541
Operating lease right-of-use assets		10,088			14,198
Other noncurrent assets		5,503			1,094
Deferred tax assets, net		6,324			4,738
Intangible assets, net		39,845			52,027
Goodwill		174,887			173,010
Total assets	$	774,172		$	566,555
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	116,664		$	131,578
Accrued liabilities		20,792			12,814
Other current liabilities		10,700			5,233
Current portion of long-term debt		8,750			8,750
Current portion of lease liabilities		5,128			5,492
Total current liabilities		162,034			163,867
Long-term debt, less current portion, net		191,522			169,304
Lease liabilities, less current portion		5,272			9,081
Deferred tax liabilities, net		109			210
Other non-current liabilities		3,546			2,677
Total liabilities		362,483			345,139
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred shares ($0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding)		—			—
Ordinary shares ($0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 27,907,077 and 22,618,708 shares outstanding, respectively; 32,344,516 and 27,056,147 shares issued, respectively)		3			2
Additional paid in capital		399,311			242,318
Treasury shares at cost (4,437,439 shares)		(91,578	)		(91,578	)
Retained earnings		103,953			70,674
Total shareholders’ equity		411,689			221,416
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	774,172		$	566,555

F-2

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Net sales	$	914,236		$	620,837		$	823,611
Cost of sales		789,344			534,473			687,474
Gross profit		124,892			86,364			136,137
Operating expenses:
Research and development		13,361			11,102			9,355
Selling, general, and administrative		56,614			47,270			47,448
Amortization of intangible assets		13,365			13,015			15,369
Total operating expenses		83,340			71,387			72,172
Operating income		41,552			14,977			63,965
Interest expense		8,727			10,647			9,987
Other expense (income), net		534			55			(241	)
Income before income taxes		32,291			4,275			54,219
Income tax benefit		(988	)		(6,454	)		(3,664	)
Net income	$	33,279		$	10,729		$	57,883
Net income per share:
Basic	$	1.44		$	0.48		$	2.34
Diluted	$	1.42		$	0.47		$	2.30
Shares used to compute net income per share:
Basic		23,172,961			22,418,802			24,706,542
Diluted		23,460,105			22,766,903			25,128,055

F-3

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(dollars in thousands)

															Retained
							Additional								Earnings		Total
	Ordinary Shares						Paid-In			Treasury Shares					(Accumulated		Shareholders'
	Shares			Amount			Capital			Shares		Amount			Deficit)		Equity
Balance at December 29, 2017		25,892,162		$	3		$	214,697			—	$	—		$	2,062	$	216,762
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options		573,162			—			5,661			—		—			—		5,661
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units		79,336			—			(91	)		—		—			—		(91	)
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan		29,377			—			514			—		—			—		514
Repurchase of ordinary shares		(4,339,529	)		(1	)		—			4,339,529		(89,979	)		—		(89,980	)
Share-based compensation expense		—			—			7,577			—		—			—		7,577
Net income		—			—			—			—		—			57,883		57,883
Balance at December 28, 2018		22,234,508			2			228,358			4,339,529		(89,979	)		59,945		198,326
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options		353,027			—			5,042			—		—			—		5,042
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units		81,438			—			(290	)		—		—			—		(290	)
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan		47,645			—			671			—		—			—		671
Repurchase of ordinary shares		(97,910	)		—			—			97,910		(1,599	)		—		(1,599	)
Share-based compensation expense		—			—			8,537			—		—			—		8,537
Net income		—			—			—			—		—			10,729		10,729
Balance at December 27, 2019		22,618,708		$	2		$	242,318			4,437,439	$	(91,578	)	$	70,674	$	221,416
Ordinary shares issued, net of transaction costs		4,600,000			1			139,371			—		—			—		139,372
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options		514,481			—			8,849			—		—			—		8,849
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units		140,700			—			(1,829	)		—		—			—		(1,829	)
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan		33,188			—			727			—		—			—		727
Share-based compensation expense		—			—			9,875			—		—			—		9,875
Net income		—			—			—			—		—			33,279		33,279
Balance at December 25, 2020		27,907,077		$	3		$	399,311			4,437,439	$	(91,578	)	$	103,953	$	411,689

F-4

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	33,279		$	10,729		$	57,883
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		24,246			21,869			23,064
Share-based compensation		9,875			8,537			7,577
Deferred income taxes		(1,687	)		(7,131	)		(6,687	)
Amortization of debt issuance costs		968			937			970
Loss on sale of asset disposal group		3,575			—			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net		(16,128	)		(44,562	)		10,425
Inventories		(8,527	)		(5,931	)		35,126
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(2,076	)		6,067			(685	)
Accounts payable		(14,509	)		67,966			(62,173	)
Accrued liabilities		7,722			3,214			(3,518	)
Other liabilities		1,521			(4,545	)		(1,507	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		38,259			57,150			60,475
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(10,301	)		(12,343	)		(13,920	)
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(5,035	)		—			(1,443	)
Cash paid for intangible assets		—			(8,147	)		—
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		739			—			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(14,597	)		(20,490	)		(15,363	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of ordinary shares, net of fees		139,372			—			—
Issuance of ordinary shares under share-based compensation plans		9,832			5,757			6,329
Employees' taxes paid upon vesting of restricted share units		(1,829	)		(290	)		(91	)
Repurchase of ordinary shares		—			(1,599	)		(89,980	)
Debt issuance and modification costs		—			—			(2,092	)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility		30,000			13,000			44,162
Repayments on revolving credit facility		—			(28,000	)		(20,000	)
Repayments on term loan		(8,750	)		(8,750	)		(8,910	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		168,625			(19,882	)		(70,582	)
Net increase  in cash		192,287			16,778			(25,470	)
Cash at beginning of period		60,612			43,834			69,304
Cash at end of period	$	252,899		$	60,612		$	43,834
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest	$	8,235		$	8,424		$	8,273
Cash paid during the period for taxes, net of refunds	$	250		$	896		$	2,278
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activities:
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable	$	369		$	774		$	1,462
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	$	642		$	817		$	—

F-5

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Notes to Financial Statements

(dollar figures in tables in thousands, except per share data)

Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Operations of the Company

Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and Subsidiaries (the “we”, “us”, “our”, “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and distributes gas and liquid delivery subsystems and components purchased by capital equipment manufacturers for use in the semiconductor markets. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, and Mexico.

On December 30, 2011, Ichor Systems Holdings, LLC consummated a sales transaction with Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Shortly after consummation of the sale transaction, Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC changed its name to Ichor Holdings, LLC.

In March 2012, Ichor Holdings, LLC completed a reorganization of its legal structure, forming Ichor Holdings, Ltd., a Cayman Islands entity. Ichor Holdings, Ltd. is now the reporting entity and the ultimate parent company of the operating entities.

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. All dollar figures presented in tables in the notes to consolidated financial statements are in thousands, except per share amounts.

These consolidated financial statements include the following wholly owned subsidiaries of Ichor Holdings, Ltd.:

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation, Organization, or Formation
Ichor Intermediate Holdings, Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Icicle Acquisition Holding Co-op	Netherlands
Icicle Acquisition Holding B.V.	Netherlands
Ichor Holdings Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Systems Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Ichor Systems, Inc.	Delaware
Ichor Systems Korea Ltd.	Korea
Ichor Systems Malaysia Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Ichor Systems Singapore, PTE Ltd.	Singapore

Year End

We use a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in December. The years ended December 25, 2020, December 27, 2019, and December 28, 2018 were all 52 weeks. All references to 2020, 2019, and 2018 are references to the fiscal years then ended.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods presented. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management. Significant estimates include the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in acquisitions, estimated useful lives for long‑lived assets, inventory valuation, uncertain tax positions, fair value assigned to stock options granted, and impairment analysis for both definite‑lived intangible assets and goodwill.

F-6

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This amount is recorded as net sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Transaction price – In most of our contracts, prices are generally determined by a customer-issued purchase order and generally remain fixed over the duration of the contract. Certain contracts contain variable consideration, including early-payment discounts and rebates. When a contract includes variable consideration, we evaluate the estimate of the variable consideration to determine whether the estimate needs to be constrained; therefore, we include the variable consideration in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. Variable consideration estimates are updated at each reporting date. Historically, we have not incurred significant costs to obtain a contract. All amounts billed to a customer relating to shipping and handling are classified as net sales, while all costs incurred by us for shipping and handling are classified as cost of sales.

Performance obligations – Substantially all of our performance obligations pertain to promised goods (“products”), which are primarily comprised of fluid delivery subsystems, weldments, and other components. Most of our contracts contain a single performance obligation and are generally completed within twelve months. Product sales are recognized at a point-in-time, generally upon delivery, as such term is defined within the contract, as that is when control of the promised good has transferred. Products are covered by a standard assurance warranty, generally extended for a period of one to two years depending on the customer, which promises that delivered products conform to contract specifications. As such, we account for such warranties under ASC 460, Guarantees, and not as a separate performance obligation.

Contract balances – Accounts receivable represents our unconditional right to receive consideration from our customers. Accounts receivable are carried at invoice price less an estimate for doubtful accounts and estimated payment discounts. Payment terms vary by customer but are generally due within 15–60 days. Historically, we have not incurred significant payment issues with our customers. We had no significant contract assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets in any of the periods presented.

Commitments and Contingencies

We are periodically involved in legal actions and claims that arise as a result of events that occur in the normal course of operations. The ultimate resolution of these actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. At December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, two customers represented, in the aggregate, approximately 73% and 66%, respectively, of the balance of accounts receivable.

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. Activity and balances related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

	Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	256
Charges to costs and expenses		195
Write-offs		(111	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		340
Charges to costs and expenses		—
Write-offs		(45	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		295
Charges to costs and expenses		209
Write-offs		(126	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	378

We require collateral, typically cash, in the normal course of business if customers do not meet the criteria established for offering credit. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impaired ability to make payments, additions to the allowance may be required. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded to income when received.

F-7

We use qualified manufacturers to supply many components and subassemblies of our products. We obtain the majority of our components from a limited group of suppliers. A majority of the purchased components used in our products are customer specified. An interruption in the supply of a particular component would have a temporary adverse impact on our operating results.

We maintain cash balances at both United States-based and foreign-based commercial banks. Cash balances in the United States exceed amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The majority of the cash maintained in foreign-based commercial banks is insured by the government where the foreign banking institutions are based. Cash held in foreign-based commercial banks totaled $39.9 million and $34.4 million at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, respectively, and at times exceeds insured amounts. No losses have been incurred at December 25, 2020 or December 27, 2019 for amounts exceeding the insured limits.

Fair Value Measurements

We estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based upon comparison of such assets and liabilities to the current market values for instruments of a similar nature and degree of risk. We utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. We determine fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

▪ Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date

▪ Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability

▪ Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date

There were no changes to our valuation techniques during 2020. We estimate the recorded value of our financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019.

We estimate the value of acquired intangible assets, on a nonrecurring basis, based on an income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. Under this approach, we estimate the future cash flows from our asset groups and discount the income stream to its present value to arrive at fair value. Future cash flows are based on recently prepared operating forecasts. Operating forecasts and cash flows include, among other things, revenue growth rates that are calculated based on management’s forecasted sales projections. A discount rate is utilized to convert the forecasted cash flows to their present value equivalent. The discount rate applied to the future cash flows includes a subject-company risk premium, an equity market risk premium, a beta, and a risk-free rate. As this approach contains unobservable inputs, the measurement of fair value for intangible assets is classified as Level 3.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The majority of inventory values are based upon average costs. We analyze inventory levels and record write-downs for inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, and inventory in excess of expected customer demand. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of our estimated usage is written down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in our estimates of demand and market value in determining inventory valuation are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products, and technological obsolescence of our products. If actual demand and market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required. If the inventory value is written down to its net realizable value, and subsequently there is an increased demand for the inventory at a higher value, the increased value of the inventory is not realized until the inventory is sold either as a component of a subsystem or as separate inventory.

F-8

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of property & equipment
Machinery	5-10 years
Leasehold improvements	10 years
Computer software, hardware, and equipment	3-5 years
Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment	5-7 years
Vehicles	5 years

Maintenance and repairs that neither add material value to the asset nor appreciably prolong its useful life are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at the inception of the arrangement. If we determine the arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at lease inception, we then determine whether the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease. Operating and finance leases result in recording a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on our consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For purposes of calculating operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities, we use the non-cancellable lease term plus options to extend that we are reasonably certain to take. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Our leases generally do not provide an implicit rate. As such, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This rate is generally consistent with the interest rate we pay on borrowings under our credit facilities, as this rate approximates our collateralized borrowing capabilities over a similar term of lease payments. We utilize the consolidated group incremental borrowing rate for all leases, as we have centralized treasury operations. We have elected not to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities that arise from short-term (12 months or less) leases for any class of underlying asset. We have elected not to separate lease and non-lease components for any class of underlying asset.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management’s judgment, that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. In analyzing potential impairments, projections of future cash flows from the asset group are used to estimate fair value. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset group, a loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. The projections are based on assumptions, judgments, and estimates of revenue growth rates for the related business; anticipated future economic, regulatory, and political conditions; the assignment of discount rates relative to risk; and estimates of terminal values. During 2020 and 2019, we did not identify any triggering events that would indicate impairment.

Intangible Assets

We account for intangible assets that have a definite life and are amortized on a basis consistent with their expected cash flows over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of intangible assets
Trademarks	10 years
Customer relationships	6-10 years
Developed technology	7-10 years

F-9

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. We first make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the quantitative test, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value and an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of carrying amount over the reporting unit’s fair value. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, we have concluded that we operate as one reporting unit.

We performed a qualitative goodwill assessment at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019. This assessment indicated that it was more likely than not our reporting unit’s fair value exceeded its carrying value.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Share-Based Payments

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value awards on the date of grant. We use the simplified method to estimate the expected term of share-based awards for all periods as we do not have sufficient history to estimate the weighted average expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect on the corresponding date of grant. Estimated volatility is based on the historical volatility of ours and similar entities’ publicly traded shares.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax benefit for the current year differs from the statutory rate primarily as a result of the impact of foreign operations and discrete tax benefits recorded in connection with our historical acquisitions and stock option exercises.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others may be subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated balance sheets along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. We recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Foreign Operations

The functional currency of our international operations located in the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, and Mexico, is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency generate foreign exchange gains and losses that are included in other expense (income), net on our consolidated statements of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts, and most of our agreements with third-party suppliers, provide for pricing and payment in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, these transactions are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842), which consists of a comprehensive lease accounting standard. Under the standard, assets and liabilities arising from most leases will be recognized on the balance sheet. Leases will be classified as either operating or financing, and the lease classification will determine whether expense is recognized on a straight-line basis (operating leases) or based on an effective interest method (financing leases). The standard also contains expanded disclosure requirements regarding the amounts, timing, and uncertainties of cash flows related to leasing activities.

F-10

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides an optional transition method allowing entities to initially apply the lease standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. We adopted and applied the lease standard as of December 29, 2018, the first day of fiscal year 2019, using this optional transition method.

The standard provides a number of practical expedients in transition. We elected the package of practical expedients, which permits us not to reassess our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs. We elected to not recognize short-term leases, those with an initial term of 12 months or less, on our consolidated balance sheets.

The standard had material effects on our consolidated financial statements. The most significant effects relate to the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheet for our facilities operating leases and the new disclosure requirements about our leasing activities. Upon adoption, we recorded operating lease liabilities of  $18.1 million, with an offsetting increase to operating lease ROU assets of $17.7 million in exchange for the liabilities assumed. We did not recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, as there was no adjustment to be made as a result of our adoption and application of the standard. The standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This standard changes the methodology for measuring credit losses on financial instruments and the timing of when such losses are recorded. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020, and the adoption did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350‑40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The new guidance clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020. During the 2020, we incurred capitalizable implementation costs of approximately $4.4 million in connection with our implementation of a new company-wide ERP system that is classified as a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. Accordingly, these costs are included in Other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 25, 2020. Additionally, our cash used in operating activities for 2020 includes $3.3 million in cash outflows associated with these capitalized implementation costs. As the ERP system was not yet in-service as of December 25, 2020, there was no amortization expense recognized during 2020.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Issued

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019‑12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in the ASU include removing exceptions to incremental intraperiod tax allocation of losses and gains from different financial statement components, exceptions to the method of recognizing income taxes on interim period losses, and exceptions to deferred tax liability recognition related to foreign subsidiary investments. In addition, the ASU requires that entities recognize franchise tax based on an incremental method and requires an entity to evaluate the accounting for step-ups in the tax basis of goodwill as inside or outside of a business combination. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. We have not adopted this ASU as of December 25, 2020. We are currently evaluating the impact the ASU, although we do not expect the ASU to to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

Note 2 – Acquisitions

On December 1, 2020, we acquired certain operating assets and assumed the operations of a precision machining operation in Nogales, Mexico, which was considered a business combination under ASC 805 – Business Combinations, for an aggregate purchase of $5.0 million. The acquisition adds to our precision machined component manufacturing capacity. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded $2.0 million in tangible operating assets, a $1.2 million customer relationship intangible asset, which will be amortized of a period of 6 years, and $1.9 million in goodwill.

F-11

IAN Engineering Co., Ltd.

On April 19, 2018, we completed the acquisition, via stock purchase, of IAN Engineering Co., Ltd. (“IAN”), a Seoul-based leader in providing locally-sourced design and manufacturing of gas delivery systems to customers in South Korea, for an aggregate purchase price of $6.5 million, inclusive of $5.3 million paid at closing and contingent consideration with a fair value of $1.3 million. Contingent consideration consisted of an earn-out liability that would become payable in 2019 and 2020 if certain financial targets were achieved. During 2018, we determined those financial targets would not be met and, therefore, derecognized the earn-out liability, resulting in a gain of $1.3 million recognized in operating income on our consolidated statements of income. As this determination was made because of facts and circumstances that arose after the acquisition date, there was no change to total acquisition consideration. IAN provides us exposure to and growth opportunities in the South Korean semiconductor capital equipment market.

The following table presents the preliminary purchase price allocation as of April 19, 2018 and the final allocation as of December 28, 2018. Measurement period adjustments recognized in 2018 relate to the fair value of IAN’s opening balance of deferred taxes.

	Preliminary Allocation April 19, 2018			2018 Measurement Period Adjustment			Final Allocation December 28, 2018
Cash acquired	$	3,952		$	—		$	3,952
Accounts receivable		863			—			863
Inventories		1,870			—			1,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		56			—			56
Property and equipment		396			—			396
Other noncurrent assets		101			—			101
Intangible assets		1,559			—			1,559
Goodwill		2,856			6			2,862
Accounts payable		(4,193	)		—			(4,193	)
Accrued and other current liabilities		(452	)		—			(452	)
Deferred tax liabilities		(383	)		(6	)		(389	)
Other non-current liabilities		(82	)		—			(82	)
Total acquisition consideration	$	6,543		$	—		$	6,543

We allocated $1.6 million to customer relationships with an amortization period of 6 years. Goodwill recognized from the acquisition was primarily attributed to an assembled workforce and expected synergies and is not tax deductible.

Our consolidated statements of operations for 2018 include approximately eight months of IAN operating activity, including revenue of $7.7 million.

Pro forma financial information has not been provided for the acquisition of IAN as it was not material to our operations and overall financial position.

Note 3 – Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Raw materials	$	88,015		$	85,329
Work in process		38,184			31,825
Finished goods		21,299			17,700
Excess and obsolete adjustment		(12,742	)		(7,817	)
Total inventories	$	134,756		$	127,037

F-12

The following table presents changes to our excess and obsolete adjustment:

	Excess and obsolete adjustment
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	(6,022	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,871	)
Disposition of inventory		201
Balance at December 28, 2018		(7,692	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,086	)
Disposition of inventory		961
Balance at December 27, 2019		(7,817	)
Charge to cost of sales		(4,649	)
Disposition of inventory		(276	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	(12,742	)

Note 4 – Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Machinery	$	37,196		$	33,684
Leasehold improvements		29,616			27,835
Computer software, hardware, and equipment		6,501			5,796
Office furniture, fixtures and equipment		1,166			1,040
Vehicles		75			26
Construction-in-process		5,483			3,760
		80,037			72,141
Less accumulated depreciation		(38,226	)		(27,600	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	41,811		$	44,541

Depreciation expense for 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $10.9 million, $8.9 million, and $7.7 million, respectively.

Cloud Computing Implementation Costs

Pursuant to ASU 2018-15, we capitalize implementation costs associated with hosting arrangement that are service contracts. These costs are recorded to prepaid expenses or other noncurrent assets. To-date, these costs are those incurred to implement a new company-wide ERP system.

The following table summarizes capitalized cloud computing implementation costs:

Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 27, 2019	$	—
Costs capitalized during the period		4,366
Capitalized costs amortized during the period		—
Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 25, 2020	$	4,366

F-13

Note 5 – Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(8,717	)	$	—	$	973	10.0 years
Customer relationships		84,169		(53,946	)		—		30,223	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(2,398	)		—		8,649	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	104,906	$	(65,061	)	$	—	$	39,845

	December 27, 2019
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(7,750	)	$	—	$	1,940	10.0 years
Customer relationships		82,986		(42,621	)		—		40,365	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(1,325	)		—		9,722	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	103,723	$	(51,696	)	$	—	$	52,027

Future projected annual amortization expense consists of the following:

	Future amortization expense
2021	$	13,591
2022		9,778
2023		8,552
2024		2,156
2025		2,071
Thereafter		3,697
	$	39,845

The following tables present the changes to goodwill:

	Goodwill
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	169,399
Acquisitions		3,611
Balance at December 28, 2018		173,010
Acquisitions		—
Balance at December 27, 2019		173,010
Acquisitions		1,877
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	174,887

Note 6 – Leases

We lease facilities under various non-cancellable operating leases expiring through 2025. In addition to base rental payments, we are generally responsible for our proportionate share of operating expenses, including facility maintenance, insurance, and property taxes. As these amounts are variable, they are not included in lease liabilities.

F-14

As of December 25, 2020, we had no operating leases executed for which the rental period had not yet commenced.

The components of lease expense are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Operating lease cost	$	5,397	$	5,420

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	5,574	$	5,220

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term of operating leases	2.3 years	3.1 years
Weighted-average discount rate of operating leases	4.5%	4.5%

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 25, 2020 are as follows

2021	$	5,128
2022		4,340
2023		1,283
2024		248
2025		26
Total future minimum lease payments		11,025
Less imputed interest		(625	)
Total lease liabilities	$	10,400

Note 7 – Income Taxes

On March 27, 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act allows net operating losses from the 2018, 2019 and 2020 tax years to be carried back up to five years. As a result, during 2020 we were able to carry back our 2019 net operating loss to tax years 2017 and 2018, resulting in a $1.0 million refund claim. The CARES Act also provided for an increased interest deduction for tax years 2019 and 2020, as well as the deferral of the employer portion of social security taxes.

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act included a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact us, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Foreign Tax Credits

Beginning in 2018, rules surrounding the utilization and carryforward of foreign tax credits in the United States were changed as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. Due to these changes, we released a valuation allowance in 2018 on our accrued foreign tax credits which were previously limited under the tax code in effect before the 2017 Tax Act was enacted, resulting in a $4.1 million discrete benefit. During the third quarter of 2020, the IRS issued final regulations that clarified the provision in the 2017 Tax Act that may limit our utilization of certain foreign tax credit carryforwards. For 2020, we have determined that it is more likely than not that the foreign tax credits will be realized within the carryforward period and determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary.

F-15

Income before tax was as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
United States	$	(2,558	)	$	(20,993	)	$	7,519
Foreign		34,849			25,268			46,700
Income before tax	$	32,291		$	4,275		$	54,219

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Current:
Federal	$	(1,103	)	$	(812	)	$	861
State		341			649			316
Foreign		1,461			868			1,751
Total current tax expense		699			705			2,928
Deferred:
Federal		(1,321	)		(5,315	)		(5,379	)
State		(196	)		(1,218	)		(667	)
Foreign		(170	)		(626	)		(546	)
Total deferred tax benefit		(1,687	)		(7,159	)		(6,592	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Effective rate reconciliation:
U.S. federal tax expense	$	6,781		$	898		$	11,386
State income taxes, net		105			(523	)		(329	)
Permanent items		298			(75	)		30
Foreign rate differential		(1,325	)		(1,051	)		(1,679	)
Tax holiday		(5,911	)		(4,582	)		(7,583	)
Credits		(1,411	)		(918	)		(1,158	)
Tax contingencies		80			(830	)		168
Share-based compensation		(1,002	)		(285	)		(1,270	)
Withholding tax		819			554			727
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act		—			—			199
Other, net		330			201			(15	)
Valuation allowance		248			157			(4,140	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

F-16

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period to conform to the current period presentation.

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory	$	3,836		$	3,620
Share-based compensation		2,266			2,176
Accrued payroll		2,370			906
Net operating loss carryforwards		873			938
Interest carryforwards		—			1,382
Tax credits		7,943			7,318
Intercompany interest		1,689			1,500
Operating lease liabilities		2,616			3,877
Other assets		414			211
Deferred tax assets		22,007			21,928
Valuation allowance		(518	)		(270	)
Total deferred tax assets		21,489			21,658
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		(7,344	)		(10,482	)
Property, plant and equipment		(5,273	)		(2,703	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(2,568	)		(3,819	)
Other liabilities		(89	)		(126	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,274	)		(17,130	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	6,215		$	4,528

At December 25, 2020, we had federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $0.1 million, $5.4 million, and $2.2 million respectively. The federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2035, 2032, and 2029, respectively. At December 25, 2020, we had federal and state research and development credits of $2.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development credits, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2032, while the state research and development credits will carryforward indefinitely. Additionally, we had foreign tax credits of $2.2 million, which if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2022.

We have determined the amount of our valuation allowance based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate over the periods in which the related deferred tax assets will be recoverable.  As of December 25, 2020, we believe it is more-likely-than-not that we will realize our U.S. deferred tax assets, with the exception of certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards we believe are not likely to be realized within the carryforward period.

We were granted a tax holiday for our Singapore operations effective 2011 through 2021. We expect to finalize an extension of the tax holiday through 2026 during the first quarter of 2021. The net impact of the tax holiday in Singapore as compared to the Singapore statutory rate was a benefit of $5.9 million, $4.6 million, and $7.6 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Our income tax fluctuates based on the geographic mix of earnings and is calculated quarterly based on actual results pursuant to ASC Topic 740‑270.

As of December 25, 2020, we have recognized $2.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. If recognized, $1.1 million of this amount would impact our effective tax rate. We expect a decrease of $0.1 million to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

Our ongoing practice is to recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within our statements of operations in income tax benefit. Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions recognized during 2020 were insignificant. At December 25, 2020, other non-current liabilities on our balance sheet included approximately zero and $0.4 million of interest and penalties, respectively, associated with uncertain tax positions, which are excluded from the unrecognized tax benefits table below.

F-17

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	1,910
Increase in tax positions for current year		407
Decreases in tax positions for prior period		(61	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		2,256
Increase in tax positions for current year		380
Increase in tax positions for prior period		8
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(784	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		1,860
Increase in tax positions for current year		378
Increase in tax positions for prior period		484
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(232	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	2,490

We assert indefinite reinvestment of our U.S. and Netherlands unremitted earnings. With regard to these unremitted earnings, we have not, nor do we anticipate the need to repatriate funds from the U.S. to the Netherlands or from the Netherlands to the Cayman entity to satisfy liquidity needs. Determination of the amount of unrecognized withholding tax liability related to the indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable.

Our three major filing jurisdictions are the United States, Singapore and Malaysia. We are no longer subject to U.S. Federal examination for tax years ending before 2017, to state examinations before 2016, or to foreign examinations before 2015. However, to the extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating losses or credit carryforward. At December 25, 2020, we were not under examination by a tax authority.

Note 8 – Employee Benefit Programs

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) plan available to employees of our U.S.‑based subsidiaries. Participants may make salary deferral contributions not to exceed 50% of a participant’s annual compensation or the maximum amount otherwise allowed by law. Eligible employees receive a discretionary matching contribution equal to 50% of a participant’s deferral, up to an annual maximum of 4% of a participant’s annual compensation. For 2020, 2019, and 2018, matching contributions were $1.9 million, $1.5 million, and $1.5 million, respectively.

Note 9 – Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Term loan	$	153,125		$	161,875
Revolving credit facility		49,162			19,162
Total principal amount of long-term debt		202,287			181,037
Less unamortized debt issuance costs		(2,015	)		(2,983	)
Total long-term debt, net		200,272			178,054
Less current portion		(8,750	)		(8,750	)
Total long-term debt, less current portion, net	$	191,522		$	169,304

F-18

Maturities of long-term debt consist of the following:

	Future maturities of long-term debt
2021	$	8,750
2022		8,750
2023		184,787
Total	$	202,287

The weighted average interest rate across all credit facilities was 3.75%, 4.78%, and 4.36% during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

On February 15, 2018, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement, which includes a $175.0 million term loan and a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. We incurred debt issuance costs of $2.1 million in connection with the amendment. We account debt issuance costs as a reduction to the carrying value of our long-term debt, and we amortize the costs to interest expense over the term of the credit agreement. The amendment did not meet the definition of an extinguishment and was accounted for as a modification. Term loan payments of $2.2 million are due on a quarterly basis. The credit agreement matures on February 15, 2023.

Our credit agreement is secured by our tangible and intangible assets and includes customary representations, warranties, and covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 : 1 and a maximum leverage ratio 3.00 : 1.

Interest is charged at either the Base Rate or the Eurodollar rate (as such terms are defined in the credit agreement) at our option, plus an applicable margin. The Base Rate is equal to the higher of i) the Prime Rate, ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to LIBOR. The applicable margin on Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate loans is 0.75‑1.50% and 1.75‑2.50% per annum, respectively, depending on our leverage ratio. We are also charged a commitment fee of 0.20%-0.35% on the unused portion of our revolving credit facility. Base Rate interest payments and commitment fees are due quarterly. Eurodollar interest payments are due on the last day of the applicable interest period. At December 25, 2020, the term loan and revolver bore interest at the Eurodollar rate option of 3.50% and 2.73%, respectively.

Note 10 – Shareholders’ Equity

Public Offering of Shares

On December 14, 2020, we completed an underwritten public offering of 4.6 million ordinary shares with net proceeds of $139.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discount of $1.35 per share and incremental offering expenses of $0.5 million.

F-19

Share Repurchase Program

In February 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program up to $50.0 million under which we may repurchase our ordinary shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions and other factors. Ordinary shares repurchased are recorded as treasury shares using the cost method on a first-in, first-out basis. In August 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a $50 million increase to the share repurchase program.

The following tables details our share repurchases for the periods indicated:

	Total Number of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost of Repurchase		Average Price Paid per Share		Amount Available Under Repurchase Program
Amount available at February 15, 2018							$	50,000
Quarter ended March 30, 2018		195,750	$	5,000	$	25.54	$	45,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2018		1,061,855		24,970	$	23.52	$	20,030
Board authorization, $50 million increase, August 18, 2018							$	70,030
Quarter ended September 28, 2018		1,424,359		30,348	$	21.31	$	39,683
Quarter ended December 28, 2018		1,657,565		29,662	$	17.89	$	10,021
Year Ended December 28, 2018		4,339,529		89,980	$	20.73	$	10,021
Quarter ended March 29, 2019		97,910		1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421
Quarter ended June 28, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended September 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended December 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Year ended December 27, 2019		97,910	$	1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421

Note 11 – Share-Based Compensation

2016 Plan

In December 2016, we adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“the 2016 Plan”). The 2016 Plan provides for grants of share‑based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Under the 2016 Plan, 1,888,000 ordinary shares were reserved for issuance. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan increases annually beginning in fiscal year 2018 by the lesser of (i) 2% of the ordinary shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) such amount determined by our Board of Directors. Awards may be in the form of stock options (“options”), tandem and non‑tandem stock appreciation rights, restricted share awards or restricted share units (“RSUs”), performance awards, and other share‑based awards. Forfeited or expired awards are returned to the incentive plan pool for future grants.

Options granted under the 2016 Plan generally have a term of 7 years. Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurs 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years. Upon vesting of RSUs, employees may elect to have shares withheld to cover statutory minimum withholding taxes. Shares withheld are not reflected as an issuance of ordinary shares within our consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, as the shares were never issued, and the associated tax payments are reflected as financing activities within our consolidated statements of cash flows.

2012 Plan

In March 2012, we adopted the Ichor Holdings Ltd. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”). Under the 2012 Plan, we could grant either restricted shares, RSUs, or options to employees, directors, and consultants. Options granted under the 2012 Plan generally had a term of 7 years. Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurred 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years. There have been no issuances of equity-based awards under the 2012 Plan since the adoption of the 2016 Plan.

Share‑based compensation expense across all plans for options, RSUs, and employee share purchase rights was $9.9 million, $8.5 million, and $7.6 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

F-20

On November 12, 2019, in connection with the transition of our former Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors modified all outstanding equity awards such that the next 18 months of vesting events would be pulled forward and become immediately vested on January 6, 2020. Consequently, 98,825 options and 60,721 RSUs vested on January 6, 2020. This was accounted for as a probable-to-probable modification under ASC Topic 718, resulting in approximately $1.4 million in share-based compensation expense pulled forward into 2019.

On January 18, 2018, in connection with the resignation of our former Chief Financial Officer, certain separation benefits became effective, which included a vesting acceleration of all outstanding and unvested stock options and restricted shares. Consequently, 88,445 options and 39,175 RSUs vested on January 18, 2018. This was accounted for as an improbable-to-probable modification under ASC Topic 718, resulting in $2.9 million in share-based compensation expense recognized in 2018.

Stock Options

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	5 years	5 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.5%	2.1%	2.6%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	61.5%	55.3%	52.6%

The following table summarizes option activity:

	Number of Stock Options
	Time vesting			Performance vesting		Weighted average exercise price per share		Weighted average remaining contractual term	Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands)
Outstanding, December 27, 2019		1,688,938			65,908	$	20.57
Granted		234,420			—	$	23.67
Exercised		(514,481	)		—	$	17.20
Forfeited or expired		(83,051	)		—	$	22.49
Outstanding, December 25, 2020		1,325,826			65,908	$	22.22	4.6 years	$	11,554
Exercisable, December 25, 2020		604,206			65,908	$	20.88	3.9 years	$	6,423

Fair value information for options granted and the intrinsic value of options exercised are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted	$	12.10	$	11.33	$	11.81
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$	7,292	$	3,619	$	8,744

At December 25, 2020, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to options was $7.4 million, with a weighted average remaining service period of 2.3 years.

F-21

Restricted Share Units

The following table summarizes RSU activity:

	Number of Restricted Share Units
	Time vesting			Performance vesting			Weighted average grant date fair value per share
Unvested, December 27, 2019		389,170			17,730		$	23.03
Granted		393,830			—		$	24.50
Vested		(205,029	)		—		$	23.08
Forfeited		(13,345	)		(17,730	)	$	22.22
Unvested, December 25, 2020		564,626			—		$	24.09

Fair value information for RSUs granted and vested is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of shares granted	$	24.50	$	23.25	$	23.89
Total fair value of shares vested	$	4,731	$	2,217	$	2,041

At December 25, 2020, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to RSUs was $11.0 million, with a weighted average remaining service period of 2.8 years.

2017 ESPP

In May 2017, we adopted the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2017 ESPP”). The 2017 ESPP grants employees the ability to designate a portion of their base-pay to purchase ordinary shares at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the first or last day of each 6 month purchase period. Purchase periods begin on January 1 or July 1 and end on June 30 or December 31, or the next business day if such date is not a business day. Shares are purchased on the last day of the purchase period. As of December 25, 2020, 2.4 million ordinary shares remained eligible for issuance under the 2017 ESPP.

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of 2017 ESPP rights:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	0.5 years	0.5 years	0.5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.7%	2.3%	1.9%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	60.1%	56.0%	52.7%

We recognize share-based compensation expense associated with the 2017 ESPP over the duration of the purchase period. We recognized $0.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million of share-based compensation expense associated with the 2017 ESPP during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. At December 25, 2020, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation expense.

Note 12 – Segment Information

Our Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews our results of operations on a consolidated level and executive staff is structured by function rather than by product category. Therefore, we operate in one operating segment. Key resources, decisions, and assessment of performance are also analyzed on a company‑wide level.

Foreign operations are conducted primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries in Singapore and Malaysia. Our principal markets include North America, Asia and, to a lesser degree, Europe. Sales by geographic area represent sales to unaffiliated customers.

F-22

All information on sales by geographic area is based upon the location to which the products were shipped. The following table sets forth sales by geographic area:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
United States of America	$	490,965	$	329,037	$	502,750
Singapore		303,444		198,657		224,230
Europe		70,915		56,090		60,688
Other		48,912		37,053		35,943
Total net sales	$	914,236	$	620,837	$	823,611

The following table sets forth our two major customers, which comprised 87%, 85%, and 88% of net sales in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Lam Research	$	475,933	$	319,144	$	458,705
Applied Materials	$	316,082	$	207,391	$	262,146

Foreign long-lived assets, exclusive of deferred tax assets, were $31.5 million and $30.3 million at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, respectively.

Note 13 – Earnings per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Numerator:
Net income	$	33,279	$	10,729	$	57,883
Denominator:
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,172,961		22,418,802		24,706,542
Dilutive effect of options		221,565		259,337		398,590
Dilutive effect of RSUs		61,761		85,603		20,530
Dilutive effect of ESPP		3,818		3,161		2,393
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,460,105		22,766,903		25,128,055
Earnings per share:
Net income:
Basic	$	1.44	$	0.48	$	2.34
Diluted	$	1.42	$	0.47	$	2.30

A combined total of 1,430,000, 1,588,000, and 1,320,000 potentially dilutive options and RSUs were excluded from the calculation of net income per share for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, because including them would have been antidilutive under the treasury stock method.

F-23

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits are filed with this Form 10‑K or are incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit Number	Description of Exhibit
3.1	Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Ichor Holdings, Ltd., effective as of December 9, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Current Report on Form 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2016).
10.1	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2018, by and among Ichor Holdings, LLC, Ichor Systems, Inc., Precision Flow Technologies, Inc., Ajax United Patterns & Molds, Inc., Cal Weld, Inc., Talon Innovations Corporation, and Talon Innovations (FL) Corporation as borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the financial institutions party thereto, as lenders (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Current Report on Form 8 K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 15, 2018).
10.2+	Employment Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2014, by and among Ichor Systems, Inc., Thomas Rohrs and, with respect to Sections 1.2 and 3.4 therein only, Ichor Holdings, Ltd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2016).
10.3+	Ichor Holdings, Ltd. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2016).
10.4+	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2016).
10.5+	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2016).
10.6+	Form of Nonqualifed Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Amendment No. 2 Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2016).
10.7+	Offer Letter, dated as of January 8, 2013, by and between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Philip Barros (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2016).
10.8+	Offer Letter, dated as of September 30, 2015, by and between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Philip Barros (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2016).
10.9+	Select Severance Plan, dated as of March 6, 2019, by and among Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and certain officers and directors party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2019).
10.10+	Offer Letter, dated April 8, 2019, between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Jeffrey Andreson (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Current Report on Form 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2019).
10.11+	Offer Letter, dated August 23, 2019, between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Larry Sparks (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Current Report on Form 8‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2019).
10.12+	Letter Agreement, dated November 20, 2019, between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Thomas Rohrs. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2020).
10.13+	Offer Letter, dated November 20, 2019, between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Jeffrey Andreson (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Ichor Holdings, Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 10 K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2020).
10.14*+	Letter Agreement, dated January 4, 2021, between Ichor Systems, Inc. and Thomas Rohrs.
21.1*	List of subsidiaries
23.1*	Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1*	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer of the Company under Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*	Certifications of Chief Financial Officer of the Company under Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002. This certification accompanies this report and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.2*	Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002. This certification accompanies this report and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
101.INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

* Filed herewith

⁺ A management contract or compensatory arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S‑K

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 5, 2021	ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.
	By:	/s/ Jeffrey S. Andreson
		Jeffrey S. Andreson Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Name and Title	Date
/s/ Jeffrey S. Andreson Jeffrey S. Andreson	Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 5, 2021
/s/ Larry J. Sparks Larry J. Sparks	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	March 5, 2021
/s/ Thomas M. Rohrs Thomas M. Rohrs	Executive Chairman and Director	March 5, 2021
/s/ Iain MacKenzie	Lead Independent Director	March 5, 2021
Iain MacKenzie
/s/ Marc Haugen Marc Haugen	Director	March 5, 2021
/s/ John Kispert	Director	March 5, 2021
John Kispert
/s/ Laura Black Laura Black	Director	March 5, 2021
/s/ Wendy Arienzo Wendy Arienzo	Director	March 5, 2021
/s/ Sarah O’Dowd	Director	March 5, 2021
Sarah O’Dowd

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

January 4, 2021

Mr. Tom Rohrs

[XXXXX]

[XXXXX]

Dear Tom:

On behalf of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company”), we would like to formally confirm our offer to extend your position to serve as chairman (“Executive Chairman”) of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”).

As a member of the Board, you will be involved in the oversight of the Company and its subsidiaries. We strongly believe that the Company will benefit from your involvement and are looking forward to working with you in the future. This letter will provide you with information relating to your service as Executive Chairman of the Board, the compensation associated with such service, conditions applicable to our offer, and the other terms of your Board membership.

Duties: It is our experience that you are familiar with the duties and obligations associated with board membership at public companies, and we will not attempt to review those responsibilities in this letter. However, as a practical matter, the Executive Chairman is generally responsible for oversight of the Board on a day-to-day basis.

Conflicts of Interest: You shall immediately disclose to the Company any conflict of interest that arises in relation to your service as Executive Chairman as a result of any present or future appointment, employment or other engagement.

Start Date: Your new term will renew as Executive Chairman on January 6, 2021, or such other date as mutually agreed between you and the Company (the “Start Date”).

Term: You agree to serve as Executive Chairman for one year. The Company may extend your term as Executive Chairman on a year-by-year basis.

Cash Compensation for Board Service: You will be entitled to the following compensation in connection with your acceptance of the position as Executive Chairman, commencing as of the Start Date:

1. An annual cash retainer of $300,000, which will be paid every two weeks and prorated for any partial years of service (the “Cash Retainer”). The Cash Retainer may be changed from time to time, at the discretion of the Board.

1

2. An annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of the Cash Retainer (the “Bonus”). The Bonus will be calculated based on mutually agreed upon performance objectives established between you and the Company, and will be payable when bonuses for similarly situated individuals are paid their bonuses.

3. Coincident with the contract renewal date or as soon as practicable thereafter, a one-time grant of incentive equity consisting of restricted stock units in the Company pursuant to the Company’s 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan with a grant value equal to $500,000, measured as of the date of Grant (the “RSU Grant”). The RSU Grant will be delivered to you for signature under separate cover.

The Company may withhold from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this agreement such federal, state and local income, employment, or other taxes or other amounts as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

Termination. Upon your separation from service with the Company for any reason, all compensation and benefits due to you shall be governed by the Company’s Select Severance Plan, in which you will participate as an Eligible Employee.

D&O Insurance. As a director of the Company, you will be covered by the Directors & Officers Liability insurance policy of the Company. This policy protects directors and officers of the Company from liability in the event of a claim or lawsuit against them alleging wrongdoing in connection with the Company’s business. This policy does not cover fines and penalties once a verdict of dishonesty or fraud by a court of law or other regulatory body has been made against the director.

Confidentiality. You hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions, commitments and covenants set forth in Section 6 of the Prior Agreement continue to survive the termination thereof and shall be incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

General: This Agreement supersedes any conversations we may have had about your service as Executive Chairman or compensation as a Board member, or any written materials previously provided to you relating to this subject. Further, this letter, if accepted by you, will represent our entire agreement relating to your service on the Board, subject only to written amendment. This Agreement resulting from its acceptance shall be governed by United States Law and any disputes arising or relating to the same shall be heard and determined only by a court sitting in Delaware.

2

We are delighted to be able to extend you this offer on behalf of the Board and the Company, and look forward to having the pleasure of working with you in the future. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to Diana Finucane.

Sincerely,	Accepted by,
/s/ Diana Finucane	/s/ Thomas M. Rohrs
Diana Finucane	Thomas M. Rohrs
Date: January 4, 2021	Date: January 6, 2021

3

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation, Organization, or Formation
Ichor Intermediate Holdings, Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Icicle Acquisition Holding Co-op	Netherlands
Icicle Acquisition Holding B.V.	Netherlands
Ichor Holdings Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Systems Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Ichor Systems, Inc.	Delaware
Ichor Systems Korea Ltd.	Korea
Ichor Systems Malaysia Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Ichor Systems Singapore, PTE Ltd.	Singapore

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Ichor Holdings, Ltd.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333‑215984 and No. 333‑219846) on Form S‑8 and (No. 333‑240294) on Form S‑3 of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) of our report dated March 5, 2021, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 25, 2020, and the related notes, which report appears in the December 25, 2020 annual report on Form 10‑K of the Company.

Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for leases as of December 29, 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016‑02, Leases and ASU 2018‑11, Leases: Targeted Improvements (Topic 842).

/s/ KPMG LLP

Portland, Oregon

March 5, 2021

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CEO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jeffrey S. Andreson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ichor Holdings, Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2021	By:	/s/ Jeffrey S. Andreson
		Jeffrey S. Andreson
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CFO CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Larry J. Sparks, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ichor Holdings, Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2021	By:	/s/ Larry J. Sparks
		Larry J. Sparks
		Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TOSECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 25, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, to my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: March 5, 2021	By:	/s/ Jeffrey S. Andreson
		Jeffrey S. Andreson
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TOSECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Ichor Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 25, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, to my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

Date: March 5, 2021	By:	/s/ Larry J. Sparks
		Larry J. Sparks
		Chief Financial Officer

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Feb. 26, 2021

Jun. 26, 2020

Cover [Abstract]

Document Type

10-K

Amendment Flag

false

Document Period End Date

Dec. 25, 2020

Document Fiscal Year Focus

2020

Document Fiscal Period Focus

FY

Trading Symbol

ICHR

Entity Registrant Name

ICHOR HOLDINGS, LTD.

Entity Central Index Key

0001652535

Current Fiscal Year End Date

--12-25

Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer

No

Entity Current Reporting Status

Yes

Entity Voluntary Filers

No

Entity Filer Category

Accelerated Filer

Entity Interactive Data Current

Yes

Entity Small Business

false

Entity Shell Company

false

Entity File Number

001-37961

Entity Tax Identification Number

00-0000000

Entity Emerging Growth Company

true

Entity Ex Transition Period

true

Entity Ordinary Shares Outstanding

28,058,970

Entity Public Float

$ 578,920,000

Title of 12(b) Security

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0001

Security Exchange Name

NASDAQ

Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code

E9

Entity Address, Address Line One

3185 Laurelview Ct.

Entity Address, City or Town

Fremont

Entity Address, State or Province

CA

Entity Address, Postal Zip Code

94538

City Area Code

510

Local Phone Number

897-5200

ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag

false

Document Annual Report

true

Document Transition Report

false

Documents Incorporated by Reference

The information required by Part III of Form 10‑K is incorporated herein by reference to the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2020 General Meeting, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Current assets:
Cash	$ 252,899	$ 60,612
Accounts receivable, net	100,977	84,849
Inventories	134,756	127,037
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	7,082	4,449
Total current assets	495,714	276,947
Property and equipment, net	41,811	44,541
Operating lease right-of-use assets	10,088	14,198
Other noncurrent assets	5,503	1,094
Deferred tax assets, net	6,324	4,738
Intangible assets, net	39,845	52,027
Goodwill	174,887	173,010
Total assets	774,172	566,555
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	116,664	131,578
Accrued liabilities	20,792	12,814
Other current liabilities	10,700	5,233
Current portion of long-term debt	8,750	8,750
Current portion of lease liabilities	5,128	5,492
Total current liabilities	162,034	163,867
Long-term debt, less current portion, net	191,522	169,304
Lease liabilities, less current portion	5,272	9,081
Deferred tax liabilities, net	109	210
Other non-current liabilities	3,546	2,677
Total liabilities	362,483	345,139
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred shares ($0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding)
Ordinary shares ($0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 27,907,077 and 22,618,708 shares outstanding, respectively; 32,344,516 and 27,056,147 shares issued, respectively)	3	2
Additional paid in capital	399,311	242,318
Treasury shares at cost (4,437,439 shares)	(91,578)	(91,578)
Retained earnings	103,953	70,674
Total shareholders’ equity	411,689	221,416
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$ 774,172	$ 566,555

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Statement Of Financial Position [Abstract]
Preferred shares, par value	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred shares, authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred shares, issued	0	0
Preferred shares, outstanding	0	0
Ordinary shares, par value	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Ordinary shares, authorized	200,000,000	200,000,000
Ordinary shares, issued	32,344,516	27,056,147
Ordinary shares, outstanding	27,907,077	22,618,708
Treasury shares	4,437,439	4,437,439

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 914,236	$ 620,837	$ 823,611
Cost of sales	789,344	534,473	687,474
Gross profit	124,892	86,364	136,137
Operating expenses:
Research and development	13,361	11,102	9,355
Selling, general, and administrative	56,614	47,270	47,448
Amortization of intangible assets	13,365	13,015	15,369
Total operating expenses	83,340	71,387	72,172
Operating income	41,552	14,977	63,965
Interest expense	8,727	10,647	9,987
Other expense (income), net	534	55	(241)
Income before income taxes	32,291	4,275	54,219
Income tax benefit	(988)	(6,454)	(3,664)
Net income	$ 33,279	$ 10,729	$ 57,883
Net income per share: Basic	$ 1.44	$ 0.48	$ 2.34
Net income per share: Diluted	$ 1.42	$ 0.47	$ 2.30
Shares used to compute net income per share:
Shares used to compute net income per share, Basic	23,172,961	22,418,802	24,706,542
Shares used to compute net income per share, Diluted	23,460,105	22,766,903	25,128,055

XML

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Ordinary Shares	Additional Paid-in Capital	Treasury Shares	Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)
Balance at Dec. 29, 2017	$ 216,762	$ 3	$ 214,697		$ 2,062
Balance, Shares at Dec. 29, 2017		25,892,162
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options	5,661		5,661
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options, shares		573,162
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units	(91)		(91)
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units, shares		79,336
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan	514		514
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan, shares		29,377
Repurchase of ordinary shares	$ (89,980)	$ (1)		$ (89,979)
Repurchase of ordinary shares, shares	(4,339,529)	(4,339,529)		4,339,529
Share-based compensation expense	$ 7,577		7,577
Net income	57,883				57,883
Balance at Dec. 28, 2018	198,326	$ 2	228,358	$ (89,979)	59,945
Balance, Shares at Dec. 28, 2018		22,234,508		4,339,529
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options	5,042		5,042
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options, shares		353,027
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units	(290)		(290)
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units, shares		81,438
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan	671		671
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan, shares		47,645
Repurchase of ordinary shares	$ (1,599)			$ (1,599)
Repurchase of ordinary shares, shares	(97,910)	(97,910)		97,910
Share-based compensation expense	$ 8,537		8,537
Net income	10,729				10,729
Balance at Dec. 27, 2019	221,416	$ 2	242,318	$ (91,578)	70,674
Balance, Shares at Dec. 27, 2019		22,618,708		4,437,439
Ordinary shares issued, net of transaction costs	139,372	$ 1	139,371
Ordinary shares issued, net of transaction costs, shares		4,600,000
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options	8,849		8,849
Ordinary shares issued from exercise of stock options, shares		514,481
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units	(1,829)		(1,829)
Ordinary shares issued from vesting of restricted share units, shares		140,700
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan	727		727
Ordinary shares issued from employee share purchase plan, shares		33,188
Share-based compensation expense	9,875		9,875
Net income	33,279				33,279
Balance at Dec. 25, 2020	$ 411,689	$ 3	$ 399,311	$ (91,578)	$ 103,953
Balance, Shares at Dec. 25, 2020		27,907,077		4,437,439

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 33,279	$ 10,729	$ 57,883
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	24,246	21,869	23,064
Share-based compensation	9,875	8,537	7,577
Deferred income taxes	(1,687)	(7,131)	(6,687)
Amortization of debt issuance costs	968	937	970
Loss on sale of asset disposal group	3,575
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net	(16,128)	(44,562)	10,425
Inventories	(8,527)	(5,931)	35,126
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2,076)	6,067	(685)
Accounts payable	(14,509)	67,966	(62,173)
Accrued liabilities	7,722	3,214	(3,518)
Other liabilities	1,521	(4,545)	(1,507)
Net cash provided by operating activities	38,259	57,150	60,475
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(10,301)	(12,343)	(13,920)
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(5,035)		(1,443)
Cash paid for intangible assets		(8,147)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	739
Net cash used in investing activities	(14,597)	(20,490)	(15,363)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of ordinary shares, net of fees	139,372
Issuance of ordinary shares under share-based compensation plans	9,832	5,757	6,329
Employees' taxes paid upon vesting of restricted share units	(1,829)	(290)	(91)
Repurchase of ordinary shares		(1,599)	(89,980)
Debt issuance and modification costs			(2,092)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility	30,000	13,000	44,162
Repayments on revolving credit facility		(28,000)	(20,000)
Repayments on term loan	(8,750)	(8,750)	(8,910)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	168,625	(19,882)	(70,582)
Net increase in cash	192,287	16,778	(25,470)
Cash at beginning of period	60,612	43,834	69,304
Cash at end of period	252,899	60,612	43,834
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest	8,235	8,424	8,273
Cash paid during the period for taxes, net of refunds	250	896	2,278
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash activities:
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable	369	774	$ 1,462
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	$ 642	$ 817

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Operations of the Company

Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and Subsidiaries (the “we”, “us”, “our”, “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and distributes gas and liquid delivery subsystems and components purchased by capital equipment manufacturers for use in the semiconductor markets. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, and Mexico.

On December 30, 2011, Ichor Systems Holdings, LLC consummated a sales transaction with Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Shortly after consummation of the sale transaction, Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC changed its name to Ichor Holdings, LLC.

In March 2012, Ichor Holdings, LLC completed a reorganization of its legal structure, forming Ichor Holdings, Ltd., a Cayman Islands entity. Ichor Holdings, Ltd. is now the reporting entity and the ultimate parent company of the operating entities.

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. All dollar figures presented in tables in the notes to consolidated financial statements are in thousands, except per share amounts.

These consolidated financial statements include the following wholly owned subsidiaries of Ichor Holdings, Ltd.:

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation, Organization, or Formation
Ichor Intermediate Holdings, Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Icicle Acquisition Holding Co-op	Netherlands
Icicle Acquisition Holding B.V.	Netherlands
Ichor Holdings Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Systems Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Ichor Systems, Inc.	Delaware
Ichor Systems Korea Ltd.	Korea
Ichor Systems Malaysia Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Ichor Systems Singapore, PTE Ltd.	Singapore

Year End

We use a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in December. The years ended December 25, 2020, December 27, 2019, and December 28, 2018 were all 52 weeks. All references to 2020, 2019, and 2018 are references to the fiscal years then ended.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods presented. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management. Significant estimates include the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in acquisitions, estimated useful lives for long‑lived assets, inventory valuation, uncertain tax positions, fair value assigned to stock options granted, and impairment analysis for both definite‑lived intangible assets and goodwill.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This amount is recorded as net sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Transaction price – In most of our contracts, prices are generally determined by a customer-issued purchase order and generally remain fixed over the duration of the contract. Certain contracts contain variable consideration, including early-payment discounts and rebates. When a contract includes variable consideration, we evaluate the estimate of the variable consideration to determine whether the estimate needs to be constrained; therefore, we include the variable consideration in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. Variable consideration estimates are updated at each reporting date. Historically, we have not incurred significant costs to obtain a contract. All amounts billed to a customer relating to shipping and handling are classified as net sales, while all costs incurred by us for shipping and handling are classified as cost of sales.

Performance obligations – Substantially all of our performance obligations pertain to promised goods (“products”), which are primarily comprised of fluid delivery subsystems, weldments, and other components. Most of our contracts contain a single performance obligation and are generally completed within twelve months. Product sales are recognized at a point-in-time, generally upon delivery, as such term is defined within the contract, as that is when control of the promised good has transferred. Products are covered by a standard assurance warranty, generally extended for a period of one to two years depending on the customer, which promises that delivered products conform to contract specifications. As such, we account for such warranties under ASC 460, Guarantees, and not as a separate performance obligation.

Contract balances – Accounts receivable represents our unconditional right to receive consideration from our customers. Accounts receivable are carried at invoice price less an estimate for doubtful accounts and estimated payment discounts. Payment terms vary by customer but are generally due within 15–60 days. Historically, we have not incurred significant payment issues with our customers. We had no significant contract assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets in any of the periods presented.

Commitments and Contingencies

We are periodically involved in legal actions and claims that arise as a result of events that occur in the normal course of operations. The ultimate resolution of these actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. At December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, two customers represented, in the aggregate, approximately 73% and 66%, respectively, of the balance of accounts receivable.

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. Activity and balances related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

	Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	256
Charges to costs and expenses		195
Write-offs		(111	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		340
Charges to costs and expenses		—
Write-offs		(45	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		295
Charges to costs and expenses		209
Write-offs		(126	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	378

We require collateral, typically cash, in the normal course of business if customers do not meet the criteria established for offering credit. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impaired ability to make payments, additions to the allowance may be required. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded to income when received.

We use qualified manufacturers to supply many components and subassemblies of our products. We obtain the majority of our components from a limited group of suppliers. A majority of the purchased components used in our products are customer specified. An interruption in the supply of a particular component would have a temporary adverse impact on our operating results.

We maintain cash balances at both United States-based and foreign-based commercial banks. Cash balances in the United States exceed amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The majority of the cash maintained in foreign-based commercial banks is insured by the government where the foreign banking institutions are based. Cash held in foreign-based commercial banks totaled $39.9 million and $34.4 million at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, respectively, and at times exceeds insured amounts. No losses have been incurred at December 25, 2020 or December 27, 2019 for amounts exceeding the insured limits.

Fair Value Measurements

We estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based upon comparison of such assets and liabilities to the current market values for instruments of a similar nature and degree of risk. We utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. We determine fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

▪ Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date

▪ Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability

▪ Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date

There were no changes to our valuation techniques during 2020. We estimate the recorded value of our financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019.

We estimate the value of acquired intangible assets, on a nonrecurring basis, based on an income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. Under this approach, we estimate the future cash flows from our asset groups and discount the income stream to its present value to arrive at fair value. Future cash flows are based on recently prepared operating forecasts. Operating forecasts and cash flows include, among other things, revenue growth rates that are calculated based on management’s forecasted sales projections. A discount rate is utilized to convert the forecasted cash flows to their present value equivalent. The discount rate applied to the future cash flows includes a subject-company risk premium, an equity market risk premium, a beta, and a risk-free rate. As this approach contains unobservable inputs, the measurement of fair value for intangible assets is classified as Level 3.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The majority of inventory values are based upon average costs. We analyze inventory levels and record write-downs for inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, and inventory in excess of expected customer demand. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of our estimated usage is written down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in our estimates of demand and market value in determining inventory valuation are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products, and technological obsolescence of our products. If actual demand and market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required. If the inventory value is written down to its net realizable value, and subsequently there is an increased demand for the inventory at a higher value, the increased value of the inventory is not realized until the inventory is sold either as a component of a subsystem or as separate inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of property & equipment
Machinery	5-10 years
Leasehold improvements	10 years
Computer software, hardware, and equipment	3-5 years
Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment	5-7 years
Vehicles	5 years

Maintenance and repairs that neither add material value to the asset nor appreciably prolong its useful life are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

We determine if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at the inception of the arrangement. If we determine the arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at lease inception, we then determine whether the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease. Operating and finance leases result in recording a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on our consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For purposes of calculating operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities, we use the non-cancellable lease term plus options to extend that we are reasonably certain to take. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Our leases generally do not provide an implicit rate. As such, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This rate is generally consistent with the interest rate we pay on borrowings under our credit facilities, as this rate approximates our collateralized borrowing capabilities over a similar term of lease payments. We utilize the consolidated group incremental borrowing rate for all leases, as we have centralized treasury operations. We have elected not to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities that arise from short-term (12 months or less) leases for any class of underlying asset. We have elected not to separate lease and non-lease components for any class of underlying asset.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management’s judgment, that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. In analyzing potential impairments, projections of future cash flows from the asset group are used to estimate fair value. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset group, a loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. The projections are based on assumptions, judgments, and estimates of revenue growth rates for the related business; anticipated future economic, regulatory, and political conditions; the assignment of discount rates relative to risk; and estimates of terminal values. During 2020 and 2019, we did not identify any triggering events that would indicate impairment.

Intangible Assets

We account for intangible assets that have a definite life and are amortized on a basis consistent with their expected cash flows over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of intangible assets
Trademarks	10 years
Customer relationships	6-10 years
Developed technology	7-10 years

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. We first make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the quantitative test, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value and an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of carrying amount over the reporting unit’s fair value. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, we have concluded that we operate as one reporting unit.

We performed a qualitative goodwill assessment at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019. This assessment indicated that it was more likely than not our reporting unit’s fair value exceeded its carrying value.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Share-Based Payments

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value awards on the date of grant. We use the simplified method to estimate the expected term of share-based awards for all periods as we do not have sufficient history to estimate the weighted average expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect on the corresponding date of grant. Estimated volatility is based on the historical volatility of ours and similar entities’ publicly traded shares.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax benefit for the current year differs from the statutory rate primarily as a result of the impact of foreign operations and discrete tax benefits recorded in connection with our historical acquisitions and stock option exercises.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others may be subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated balance sheets along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. We recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Foreign Operations

The functional currency of our international operations located in the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, and Mexico, is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency generate foreign exchange gains and losses that are included in other expense (income), net on our consolidated statements of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts, and most of our agreements with third-party suppliers, provide for pricing and payment in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, these transactions are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842), which consists of a comprehensive lease accounting standard. Under the standard, assets and liabilities arising from most leases will be recognized on the balance sheet. Leases will be classified as either operating or financing, and the lease classification will determine whether expense is recognized on a straight-line basis (operating leases) or based on an effective interest method (financing leases). The standard also contains expanded disclosure requirements regarding the amounts, timing, and uncertainties of cash flows related to leasing activities.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides an optional transition method allowing entities to initially apply the lease standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. We adopted and applied the lease standard as of December 29, 2018, the first day of fiscal year 2019, using this optional transition method.

The standard provides a number of practical expedients in transition. We elected the package of practical expedients, which permits us not to reassess our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs. We elected to not recognize short-term leases, those with an initial term of 12 months or less, on our consolidated balance sheets.

The standard had material effects on our consolidated financial statements. The most significant effects relate to the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheet for our facilities operating leases and the new disclosure requirements about our leasing activities. Upon adoption, we recorded operating lease liabilities of  $18.1 million, with an offsetting increase to operating lease ROU assets of $17.7 million in exchange for the liabilities assumed. We did not recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, as there was no adjustment to be made as a result of our adoption and application of the standard. The standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This standard changes the methodology for measuring credit losses on financial instruments and the timing of when such losses are recorded. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020, and the adoption did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350‑40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The new guidance clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020. During the 2020, we incurred capitalizable implementation costs of approximately $4.4 million in connection with our implementation of a new company-wide ERP system that is classified as a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. Accordingly, these costs are included in Other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 25, 2020. Additionally, our cash used in operating activities for 2020 includes $3.3 million in cash outflows associated with these capitalized implementation costs. As the ERP system was not yet in-service as of December 25, 2020, there was no amortization expense recognized during 2020.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Issued

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019‑12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in the ASU include removing exceptions to incremental intraperiod tax allocation of losses and gains from different financial statement components, exceptions to the method of recognizing income taxes on interim period losses, and exceptions to deferred tax liability recognition related to foreign subsidiary investments. In addition, the ASU requires that entities recognize franchise tax based on an incremental method and requires an entity to evaluate the accounting for step-ups in the tax basis of goodwill as inside or outside of a business combination. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. We have not adopted this ASU as of December 25, 2020. We are currently evaluating the impact the ASU, although we do not expect the ASU to to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Note 2 – Acquisitions

On December 1, 2020, we acquired certain operating assets and assumed the operations of a precision machining operation in Nogales, Mexico, which was considered a business combination under ASC 805 – Business Combinations, for an aggregate purchase of $5.0 million. The acquisition adds to our precision machined component manufacturing capacity. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded $2.0 million in tangible operating assets, a $1.2 million customer relationship intangible asset, which will be amortized of a period of 6 years, and $1.9 million in goodwill.

IAN Engineering Co., Ltd.

On April 19, 2018, we completed the acquisition, via stock purchase, of IAN Engineering Co., Ltd. (“IAN”), a Seoul-based leader in providing locally-sourced design and manufacturing of gas delivery systems to customers in South Korea, for an aggregate purchase price of $6.5 million, inclusive of $5.3 million paid at closing and contingent consideration with a fair value of $1.3 million. Contingent consideration consisted of an earn-out liability that would become payable in 2019 and 2020 if certain financial targets were achieved. During 2018, we determined those financial targets would not be met and, therefore, derecognized the earn-out liability, resulting in a gain of $1.3 million recognized in operating income on our consolidated statements of income. As this determination was made because of facts and circumstances that arose after the acquisition date, there was no change to total acquisition consideration. IAN provides us exposure to and growth opportunities in the South Korean semiconductor capital equipment market.

The following table presents the preliminary purchase price allocation as of April 19, 2018 and the final allocation as of December 28, 2018. Measurement period adjustments recognized in 2018 relate to the fair value of IAN’s opening balance of deferred taxes.

	Preliminary Allocation April 19, 2018			2018 Measurement Period Adjustment			Final Allocation December 28, 2018
Cash acquired	$	3,952		$	—		$	3,952
Accounts receivable		863			—			863
Inventories		1,870			—			1,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		56			—			56
Property and equipment		396			—			396
Other noncurrent assets		101			—			101
Intangible assets		1,559			—			1,559
Goodwill		2,856			6			2,862
Accounts payable		(4,193	)		—			(4,193	)
Accrued and other current liabilities		(452	)		—			(452	)
Deferred tax liabilities		(383	)		(6	)		(389	)
Other non-current liabilities		(82	)		—			(82	)
Total acquisition consideration	$	6,543		$	—		$	6,543

We allocated $1.6 million to customer relationships with an amortization period of 6 years. Goodwill recognized from the acquisition was primarily attributed to an assembled workforce and expected synergies and is not tax deductible.

Our consolidated statements of operations for 2018 include approximately eight months of IAN operating activity, including revenue of $7.7 million.

Pro forma financial information has not been provided for the acquisition of IAN as it was not material to our operations and overall financial position.

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

Note 3 – Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Raw materials	$	88,015		$	85,329
Work in process		38,184			31,825
Finished goods		21,299			17,700
Excess and obsolete adjustment		(12,742	)		(7,817	)
Total inventories	$	134,756		$	127,037

The following table presents changes to our excess and obsolete adjustment:

	Excess and obsolete adjustment
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	(6,022	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,871	)
Disposition of inventory		201
Balance at December 28, 2018		(7,692	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,086	)
Disposition of inventory		961
Balance at December 27, 2019		(7,817	)
Charge to cost of sales		(4,649	)
Disposition of inventory		(276	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	(12,742	)

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

Note 4 – Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Machinery	$	37,196		$	33,684
Leasehold improvements		29,616			27,835
Computer software, hardware, and equipment		6,501			5,796
Office furniture, fixtures and equipment		1,166			1,040
Vehicles		75			26
Construction-in-process		5,483			3,760
		80,037			72,141
Less accumulated depreciation		(38,226	)		(27,600	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	41,811		$	44,541

Depreciation expense for 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $10.9 million, $8.9 million, and $7.7 million, respectively.

Cloud Computing Implementation Costs

Pursuant to ASU 2018-15, we capitalize implementation costs associated with hosting arrangement that are service contracts. These costs are recorded to prepaid expenses or other noncurrent assets. To-date, these costs are those incurred to implement a new company-wide ERP system.

The following table summarizes capitalized cloud computing implementation costs:

Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 27, 2019	$	—
Costs capitalized during the period		4,366
Capitalized costs amortized during the period		—
Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 25, 2020	$	4,366

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Note 5 – Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(8,717	)	$	—	$	973	10.0 years
Customer relationships		84,169		(53,946	)		—		30,223	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(2,398	)		—		8,649	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	104,906	$	(65,061	)	$	—	$	39,845

	December 27, 2019
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(7,750	)	$	—	$	1,940	10.0 years
Customer relationships		82,986		(42,621	)		—		40,365	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(1,325	)		—		9,722	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	103,723	$	(51,696	)	$	—	$	52,027

Future projected annual amortization expense consists of the following:

	Future amortization expense
2021	$	13,591
2022		9,778
2023		8,552
2024		2,156
2025		2,071
Thereafter		3,697
	$	39,845

The following tables present the changes to goodwill:

	Goodwill
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	169,399
Acquisitions		3,611
Balance at December 28, 2018		173,010
Acquisitions		—
Balance at December 27, 2019		173,010
Acquisitions		1,877
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	174,887

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

Note 6 – Leases

We lease facilities under various non-cancellable operating leases expiring through 2025. In addition to base rental payments, we are generally responsible for our proportionate share of operating expenses, including facility maintenance, insurance, and property taxes. As these amounts are variable, they are not included in lease liabilities.

As of December 25, 2020, we had no operating leases executed for which the rental period had not yet commenced.

The components of lease expense are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Operating lease cost	$	5,397	$	5,420

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	5,574	$	5,220

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term of operating leases	2.3 years	3.1 years
Weighted-average discount rate of operating leases	4.5%	4.5%

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 25, 2020 are as follows

2021	$	5,128
2022		4,340
2023		1,283
2024		248
2025		26
Total future minimum lease payments		11,025
Less imputed interest		(625	)
Total lease liabilities	$	10,400

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 7 – Income Taxes

On March 27, 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act allows net operating losses from the 2018, 2019 and 2020 tax years to be carried back up to five years. As a result, during 2020 we were able to carry back our 2019 net operating loss to tax years 2017 and 2018, resulting in a $1.0 million refund claim. The CARES Act also provided for an increased interest deduction for tax years 2019 and 2020, as well as the deferral of the employer portion of social security taxes.

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted. The 2017 Tax Act included a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact us, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

Foreign Tax Credits

Beginning in 2018, rules surrounding the utilization and carryforward of foreign tax credits in the United States were changed as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. Due to these changes, we released a valuation allowance in 2018 on our accrued foreign tax credits which were previously limited under the tax code in effect before the 2017 Tax Act was enacted, resulting in a $4.1 million discrete benefit. During the third quarter of 2020, the IRS issued final regulations that clarified the provision in the 2017 Tax Act that may limit our utilization of certain foreign tax credit carryforwards. For 2020, we have determined that it is more likely than not that the foreign tax credits will be realized within the carryforward period and determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary.

Income before tax was as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
United States	$	(2,558	)	$	(20,993	)	$	7,519
Foreign		34,849			25,268			46,700
Income before tax	$	32,291		$	4,275		$	54,219

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Current:
Federal	$	(1,103	)	$	(812	)	$	861
State		341			649			316
Foreign		1,461			868			1,751
Total current tax expense		699			705			2,928
Deferred:
Federal		(1,321	)		(5,315	)		(5,379	)
State		(196	)		(1,218	)		(667	)
Foreign		(170	)		(626	)		(546	)
Total deferred tax benefit		(1,687	)		(7,159	)		(6,592	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Effective rate reconciliation:
U.S. federal tax expense	$	6,781		$	898		$	11,386
State income taxes, net		105			(523	)		(329	)
Permanent items		298			(75	)		30
Foreign rate differential		(1,325	)		(1,051	)		(1,679	)
Tax holiday		(5,911	)		(4,582	)		(7,583	)
Credits		(1,411	)		(918	)		(1,158	)
Tax contingencies		80			(830	)		168
Share-based compensation		(1,002	)		(285	)		(1,270	)
Withholding tax		819			554			727
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act		—			—			199
Other, net		330			201			(15	)
Valuation allowance		248			157			(4,140	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period to conform to the current period presentation.

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory	$	3,836		$	3,620
Share-based compensation		2,266			2,176
Accrued payroll		2,370			906
Net operating loss carryforwards		873			938
Interest carryforwards		—			1,382
Tax credits		7,943			7,318
Intercompany interest		1,689			1,500
Operating lease liabilities		2,616			3,877
Other assets		414			211
Deferred tax assets		22,007			21,928
Valuation allowance		(518	)		(270	)
Total deferred tax assets		21,489			21,658
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		(7,344	)		(10,482	)
Property, plant and equipment		(5,273	)		(2,703	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(2,568	)		(3,819	)
Other liabilities		(89	)		(126	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,274	)		(17,130	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	6,215		$	4,528

At December 25, 2020, we had federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $0.1 million, $5.4 million, and $2.2 million respectively. The federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2035, 2032, and 2029, respectively. At December 25, 2020, we had federal and state research and development credits of $2.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The federal research and development credits, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2032, while the state research and development credits will carryforward indefinitely. Additionally, we had foreign tax credits of $2.2 million, which if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2022.

We have determined the amount of our valuation allowance based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate over the periods in which the related deferred tax assets will be recoverable.  As of December 25, 2020, we believe it is more-likely-than-not that we will realize our U.S. deferred tax assets, with the exception of certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards we believe are not likely to be realized within the carryforward period.

We were granted a tax holiday for our Singapore operations effective 2011 through 2021. We expect to finalize an extension of the tax holiday through 2026 during the first quarter of 2021. The net impact of the tax holiday in Singapore as compared to the Singapore statutory rate was a benefit of $5.9 million, $4.6 million, and $7.6 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Our income tax fluctuates based on the geographic mix of earnings and is calculated quarterly based on actual results pursuant to ASC Topic 740‑270.

As of December 25, 2020, we have recognized $2.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. If recognized, $1.1 million of this amount would impact our effective tax rate. We expect a decrease of $0.1 million to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

Our ongoing practice is to recognize potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within our statements of operations in income tax benefit. Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions recognized during 2020 were insignificant. At December 25, 2020, other non-current liabilities on our balance sheet included approximately zero and $0.4 million of interest and penalties, respectively, associated with uncertain tax positions, which are excluded from the unrecognized tax benefits table below.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	1,910
Increase in tax positions for current year		407
Decreases in tax positions for prior period		(61	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		2,256
Increase in tax positions for current year		380
Increase in tax positions for prior period		8
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(784	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		1,860
Increase in tax positions for current year		378
Increase in tax positions for prior period		484
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(232	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	2,490

We assert indefinite reinvestment of our U.S. and Netherlands unremitted earnings. With regard to these unremitted earnings, we have not, nor do we anticipate the need to repatriate funds from the U.S. to the Netherlands or from the Netherlands to the Cayman entity to satisfy liquidity needs. Determination of the amount of unrecognized withholding tax liability related to the indefinitely reinvested earnings is not practicable.

Our three major filing jurisdictions are the United States, Singapore and Malaysia. We are no longer subject to U.S. Federal examination for tax years ending before 2017, to state examinations before 2016, or to foreign examinations before 2015. However, to the extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating losses or credit carryforward. At December 25, 2020, we were not under examination by a tax authority.

XML

Employee Benefit Programs

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Compensation And Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Programs

Note 8 – Employee Benefit Programs

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) plan available to employees of our U.S.‑based subsidiaries. Participants may make salary deferral contributions not to exceed 50% of a participant’s annual compensation or the maximum amount otherwise allowed by law. Eligible employees receive a discretionary matching contribution equal to 50% of a participant’s deferral, up to an annual maximum of 4% of a participant’s annual compensation. For 2020, 2019, and 2018, matching contributions were $1.9 million, $1.5 million, and $1.5 million, respectively.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

Note 9 – Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Term loan	$	153,125		$	161,875
Revolving credit facility		49,162			19,162
Total principal amount of long-term debt		202,287			181,037
Less unamortized debt issuance costs		(2,015	)		(2,983	)
Total long-term debt, net		200,272			178,054
Less current portion		(8,750	)		(8,750	)
Total long-term debt, less current portion, net	$	191,522		$	169,304

Maturities of long-term debt consist of the following:

	Future maturities of long-term debt
2021	$	8,750
2022		8,750
2023		184,787
Total	$	202,287

The weighted average interest rate across all credit facilities was 3.75%, 4.78%, and 4.36% during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

On February 15, 2018, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement, which includes a $175.0 million term loan and a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. We incurred debt issuance costs of $2.1 million in connection with the amendment. We account debt issuance costs as a reduction to the carrying value of our long-term debt, and we amortize the costs to interest expense over the term of the credit agreement. The amendment did not meet the definition of an extinguishment and was accounted for as a modification. Term loan payments of $2.2 million are due on a quarterly basis. The credit agreement matures on February 15, 2023.

Our credit agreement is secured by our tangible and intangible assets and includes customary representations, warranties, and covenants. We are required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 : 1 and a maximum leverage ratio 3.00 : 1.

Interest is charged at either the Base Rate or the Eurodollar rate (as such terms are defined in the credit agreement) at our option, plus an applicable margin. The Base Rate is equal to the higher of i) the Prime Rate, ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to LIBOR. The applicable margin on Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate loans is 0.75‑1.50% and 1.75‑2.50% per annum, respectively, depending on our leverage ratio. We are also charged a commitment fee of 0.20%-0.35% on the unused portion of our revolving credit facility. Base Rate interest payments and commitment fees are due quarterly. Eurodollar interest payments are due on the last day of the applicable interest period. At December 25, 2020, the term loan and revolver bore interest at the Eurodollar rate option of 3.50% and 2.73%, respectively.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

Note 10 – Shareholders’ Equity

Public Offering of Shares

On December 14, 2020, we completed an underwritten public offering of 4.6 million ordinary shares with net proceeds of $139.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discount of $1.35 per share and incremental offering expenses of $0.5 million.

Share Repurchase Program

In February 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program up to $50.0 million under which we may repurchase our ordinary shares in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions and other factors. Ordinary shares repurchased are recorded as treasury shares using the cost method on a first-in, first-out basis. In August 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a $50 million increase to the share repurchase program.

The following tables details our share repurchases for the periods indicated:

	Total Number of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost of Repurchase		Average Price Paid per Share		Amount Available Under Repurchase Program
Amount available at February 15, 2018							$	50,000
Quarter ended March 30, 2018		195,750	$	5,000	$	25.54	$	45,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2018		1,061,855		24,970	$	23.52	$	20,030
Board authorization, $50 million increase, August 18, 2018							$	70,030
Quarter ended September 28, 2018		1,424,359		30,348	$	21.31	$	39,683
Quarter ended December 28, 2018		1,657,565		29,662	$	17.89	$	10,021
Year Ended December 28, 2018		4,339,529		89,980	$	20.73	$	10,021
Quarter ended March 29, 2019		97,910		1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421
Quarter ended June 28, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended September 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended December 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Year ended December 27, 2019		97,910	$	1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421

XML

Share-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Share-Based Compensation

Note 11 – Share-Based Compensation

2016 Plan

In December 2016, we adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“the 2016 Plan”). The 2016 Plan provides for grants of share‑based awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Under the 2016 Plan, 1,888,000 ordinary shares were reserved for issuance. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan increases annually beginning in fiscal year 2018 by the lesser of (i) 2% of the ordinary shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (ii) such amount determined by our Board of Directors. Awards may be in the form of stock options (“options”), tandem and non‑tandem stock appreciation rights, restricted share awards or restricted share units (“RSUs”), performance awards, and other share‑based awards. Forfeited or expired awards are returned to the incentive plan pool for future grants.

Options granted under the 2016 Plan generally have a term of 7 years. Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurs 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years. Upon vesting of RSUs, employees may elect to have shares withheld to cover statutory minimum withholding taxes. Shares withheld are not reflected as an issuance of ordinary shares within our consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity, as the shares were never issued, and the associated tax payments are reflected as financing activities within our consolidated statements of cash flows.

2012 Plan

In March 2012, we adopted the Ichor Holdings Ltd. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”). Under the 2012 Plan, we could grant either restricted shares, RSUs, or options to employees, directors, and consultants. Options granted under the 2012 Plan generally had a term of 7 years. Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurred 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years. There have been no issuances of equity-based awards under the 2012 Plan since the adoption of the 2016 Plan.

Share‑based compensation expense across all plans for options, RSUs, and employee share purchase rights was $9.9 million, $8.5 million, and $7.6 million during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

On November 12, 2019, in connection with the transition of our former Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors modified all outstanding equity awards such that the next 18 months of vesting events would be pulled forward and become immediately vested on January 6, 2020. Consequently, 98,825 options and 60,721 RSUs vested on January 6, 2020. This was accounted for as a probable-to-probable modification under ASC Topic 718, resulting in approximately $1.4 million in share-based compensation expense pulled forward into 2019.

On January 18, 2018, in connection with the resignation of our former Chief Financial Officer, certain separation benefits became effective, which included a vesting acceleration of all outstanding and unvested stock options and restricted shares. Consequently, 88,445 options and 39,175 RSUs vested on January 18, 2018. This was accounted for as an improbable-to-probable modification under ASC Topic 718, resulting in $2.9 million in share-based compensation expense recognized in 2018.

Stock Options

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	5 years	5 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.5%	2.1%	2.6%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	61.5%	55.3%	52.6%

The following table summarizes option activity:

	Number of Stock Options
	Time vesting			Performance vesting		Weighted average exercise price per share		Weighted average remaining contractual term	Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands)
Outstanding, December 27, 2019		1,688,938			65,908	$	20.57
Granted		234,420			—	$	23.67
Exercised		(514,481	)		—	$	17.20
Forfeited or expired		(83,051	)		—	$	22.49
Outstanding, December 25, 2020		1,325,826			65,908	$	22.22	4.6 years	$	11,554
Exercisable, December 25, 2020		604,206			65,908	$	20.88	3.9 years	$	6,423

Fair value information for options granted and the intrinsic value of options exercised are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted	$	12.10	$	11.33	$	11.81
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$	7,292	$	3,619	$	8,744

At December 25, 2020, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to options was $7.4 million, with a weighted average remaining service period of 2.3 years.

Restricted Share Units

The following table summarizes RSU activity:

	Number of Restricted Share Units
	Time vesting			Performance vesting			Weighted average grant date fair value per share
Unvested, December 27, 2019		389,170			17,730		$	23.03
Granted		393,830			—		$	24.50
Vested		(205,029	)		—		$	23.08
Forfeited		(13,345	)		(17,730	)	$	22.22
Unvested, December 25, 2020		564,626			—		$	24.09

Fair value information for RSUs granted and vested is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of shares granted	$	24.50	$	23.25	$	23.89
Total fair value of shares vested	$	4,731	$	2,217	$	2,041

At December 25, 2020, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to RSUs was $11.0 million, with a weighted average remaining service period of 2.8 years.

2017 ESPP

In May 2017, we adopted the 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2017 ESPP”). The 2017 ESPP grants employees the ability to designate a portion of their base-pay to purchase ordinary shares at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of our ordinary shares on the first or last day of each 6 month purchase period. Purchase periods begin on January 1 or July 1 and end on June 30 or December 31, or the next business day if such date is not a business day. Shares are purchased on the last day of the purchase period. As of December 25, 2020, 2.4 million ordinary shares remained eligible for issuance under the 2017 ESPP.

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of 2017 ESPP rights:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	0.5 years	0.5 years	0.5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.7%	2.3%	1.9%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	60.1%	56.0%	52.7%

We recognize share-based compensation expense associated with the 2017 ESPP over the duration of the purchase period. We recognized $0.4 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million of share-based compensation expense associated with the 2017 ESPP during 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. At December 25, 2020, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation expense.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Information

Note 12 – Segment Information

Our Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews our results of operations on a consolidated level and executive staff is structured by function rather than by product category. Therefore, we operate in one operating segment. Key resources, decisions, and assessment of performance are also analyzed on a company‑wide level.

Foreign operations are conducted primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries in Singapore and Malaysia. Our principal markets include North America, Asia and, to a lesser degree, Europe. Sales by geographic area represent sales to unaffiliated customers.

All information on sales by geographic area is based upon the location to which the products were shipped. The following table sets forth sales by geographic area:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
United States of America	$	490,965	$	329,037	$	502,750
Singapore		303,444		198,657		224,230
Europe		70,915		56,090		60,688
Other		48,912		37,053		35,943
Total net sales	$	914,236	$	620,837	$	823,611

The following table sets forth our two major customers, which comprised 87%, 85%, and 88% of net sales in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Lam Research	$	475,933	$	319,144	$	458,705
Applied Materials	$	316,082	$	207,391	$	262,146

Foreign long-lived assets, exclusive of deferred tax assets, were $31.5 million and $30.3 million at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, respectively.

XML

Earnings per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings per Share

Note 13 – Earnings per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Numerator:
Net income	$	33,279	$	10,729	$	57,883
Denominator:
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,172,961		22,418,802		24,706,542
Dilutive effect of options		221,565		259,337		398,590
Dilutive effect of RSUs		61,761		85,603		20,530
Dilutive effect of ESPP		3,818		3,161		2,393
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,460,105		22,766,903		25,128,055
Earnings per share:
Net income:
Basic	$	1.44	$	0.48	$	2.34
Diluted	$	1.42	$	0.47	$	2.30

A combined total of 1,430,000, 1,588,000, and 1,320,000 potentially dilutive options and RSUs were excluded from the calculation of net income per share for 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, because including them would have been antidilutive under the treasury stock method.

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Organization and Operations of the Company

Organization and Operations of the Company

Ichor Holdings, Ltd. and Subsidiaries (the “we”, “us”, “our”, “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and distributes gas and liquid delivery subsystems and components purchased by capital equipment manufacturers for use in the semiconductor markets. We are headquartered in Fremont, California and have operations in the United States, the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, Korea, and Mexico.

On December 30, 2011, Ichor Systems Holdings, LLC consummated a sales transaction with Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Shortly after consummation of the sale transaction, Icicle Acquisition Holdings, LLC changed its name to Ichor Holdings, LLC.

In March 2012, Ichor Holdings, LLC completed a reorganization of its legal structure, forming Ichor Holdings, Ltd., a Cayman Islands entity. Ichor Holdings, Ltd. is now the reporting entity and the ultimate parent company of the operating entities.

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. All dollar figures presented in tables in the notes to consolidated financial statements are in thousands, except per share amounts.

These consolidated financial statements include the following wholly owned subsidiaries of Ichor Holdings, Ltd.:

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation, Organization, or Formation
Ichor Intermediate Holdings, Ltd.	Cayman Islands
Icicle Acquisition Holding Co-op	Netherlands
Icicle Acquisition Holding B.V.	Netherlands
Ichor Holdings Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Systems Ltd.	Scotland
Ichor Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Ichor Systems, Inc.	Delaware
Ichor Systems Korea Ltd.	Korea
Ichor Systems Malaysia Sdn Bhd	Malaysia
Ichor Systems Singapore, PTE Ltd.	Singapore

Year End

Year End

We use a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Friday in December. The years ended December 25, 2020, December 27, 2019, and December 28, 2018 were all 52 weeks. All references to 2020, 2019, and 2018 are references to the fiscal years then ended.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods presented. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management. Significant estimates include the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in acquisitions, estimated useful lives for long‑lived assets, inventory valuation, uncertain tax positions, fair value assigned to stock options granted, and impairment analysis for both definite‑lived intangible assets and goodwill.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. This amount is recorded as net sales in our consolidated statements of operations.

Transaction price – In most of our contracts, prices are generally determined by a customer-issued purchase order and generally remain fixed over the duration of the contract. Certain contracts contain variable consideration, including early-payment discounts and rebates. When a contract includes variable consideration, we evaluate the estimate of the variable consideration to determine whether the estimate needs to be constrained; therefore, we include the variable consideration in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. Variable consideration estimates are updated at each reporting date. Historically, we have not incurred significant costs to obtain a contract. All amounts billed to a customer relating to shipping and handling are classified as net sales, while all costs incurred by us for shipping and handling are classified as cost of sales.

Performance obligations – Substantially all of our performance obligations pertain to promised goods (“products”), which are primarily comprised of fluid delivery subsystems, weldments, and other components. Most of our contracts contain a single performance obligation and are generally completed within twelve months. Product sales are recognized at a point-in-time, generally upon delivery, as such term is defined within the contract, as that is when control of the promised good has transferred. Products are covered by a standard assurance warranty, generally extended for a period of one to two years depending on the customer, which promises that delivered products conform to contract specifications. As such, we account for such warranties under ASC 460, Guarantees, and not as a separate performance obligation.

Contract balances – Accounts receivable represents our unconditional right to receive consideration from our customers. Accounts receivable are carried at invoice price less an estimate for doubtful accounts and estimated payment discounts. Payment terms vary by customer but are generally due within 15–60 days. Historically, we have not incurred significant payment issues with our customers. We had no significant contract assets or liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets in any of the periods presented.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

We are periodically involved in legal actions and claims that arise as a result of events that occur in the normal course of operations. The ultimate resolution of these actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. At December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, two customers represented, in the aggregate, approximately 73% and 66%, respectively, of the balance of accounts receivable.

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. Activity and balances related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

	Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	256
Charges to costs and expenses		195
Write-offs		(111	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		340
Charges to costs and expenses		—
Write-offs		(45	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		295
Charges to costs and expenses		209
Write-offs		(126	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	378

We require collateral, typically cash, in the normal course of business if customers do not meet the criteria established for offering credit. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impaired ability to make payments, additions to the allowance may be required. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded to income when received.

We use qualified manufacturers to supply many components and subassemblies of our products. We obtain the majority of our components from a limited group of suppliers. A majority of the purchased components used in our products are customer specified. An interruption in the supply of a particular component would have a temporary adverse impact on our operating results.

We maintain cash balances at both United States-based and foreign-based commercial banks. Cash balances in the United States exceed amounts that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The majority of the cash maintained in foreign-based commercial banks is insured by the government where the foreign banking institutions are based. Cash held in foreign-based commercial banks totaled $39.9 million and $34.4 million at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019, respectively, and at times exceeds insured amounts. No losses have been incurred at December 25, 2020 or December 27, 2019 for amounts exceeding the insured limits.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

We estimate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based upon comparison of such assets and liabilities to the current market values for instruments of a similar nature and degree of risk. We utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. We determine fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

▪ Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date

▪ Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability

▪ Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date

There were no changes to our valuation techniques during 2020. We estimate the recorded value of our financial assets and liabilities approximates fair value at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019.

We estimate the value of acquired intangible assets, on a nonrecurring basis, based on an income approach utilizing discounted cash flows. Under this approach, we estimate the future cash flows from our asset groups and discount the income stream to its present value to arrive at fair value. Future cash flows are based on recently prepared operating forecasts. Operating forecasts and cash flows include, among other things, revenue growth rates that are calculated based on management’s forecasted sales projections. A discount rate is utilized to convert the forecasted cash flows to their present value equivalent. The discount rate applied to the future cash flows includes a subject-company risk premium, an equity market risk premium, a beta, and a risk-free rate. As this approach contains unobservable inputs, the measurement of fair value for intangible assets is classified as Level 3.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The majority of inventory values are based upon average costs. We analyze inventory levels and record write-downs for inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, and inventory in excess of expected customer demand. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of our estimated usage is written down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in our estimates of demand and market value in determining inventory valuation are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products, and technological obsolescence of our products. If actual demand and market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-downs may be required. If the inventory value is written down to its net realizable value, and subsequently there is an increased demand for the inventory at a higher value, the increased value of the inventory is not realized until the inventory is sold either as a component of a subsystem or as separate inventory.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of property & equipment
Machinery	5-10 years
Leasehold improvements	10 years
Computer software, hardware, and equipment	3-5 years
Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment	5-7 years
Vehicles	5 years

Maintenance and repairs that neither add material value to the asset nor appreciably prolong its useful life are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Leases

Leases

We determine if an arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at the inception of the arrangement. If we determine the arrangement is a lease, or contains a lease, at lease inception, we then determine whether the lease is an operating lease or a finance lease. Operating and finance leases result in recording a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability on our consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For purposes of calculating operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities, we use the non-cancellable lease term plus options to extend that we are reasonably certain to take. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Our leases generally do not provide an implicit rate. As such, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This rate is generally consistent with the interest rate we pay on borrowings under our credit facilities, as this rate approximates our collateralized borrowing capabilities over a similar term of lease payments. We utilize the consolidated group incremental borrowing rate for all leases, as we have centralized treasury operations. We have elected not to recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities that arise from short-term (12 months or less) leases for any class of underlying asset. We have elected not to separate lease and non-lease components for any class of underlying asset.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management’s judgment, that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. In analyzing potential impairments, projections of future cash flows from the asset group are used to estimate fair value. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset group, a loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset group. The projections are based on assumptions, judgments, and estimates of revenue growth rates for the related business; anticipated future economic, regulatory, and political conditions; the assignment of discount rates relative to risk; and estimates of terminal values. During 2020 and 2019, we did not identify any triggering events that would indicate impairment.

Intangible Assets

Intangible Assets

We account for intangible assets that have a definite life and are amortized on a basis consistent with their expected cash flows over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of intangible assets
Trademarks	10 years
Customer relationships	6-10 years
Developed technology	7-10 years

Goodwill

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. We first make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under the quantitative test, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value and an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of carrying amount over the reporting unit’s fair value. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, we have concluded that we operate as one reporting unit.

We performed a qualitative goodwill assessment at December 25, 2020 and December 27, 2019. This assessment indicated that it was more likely than not our reporting unit’s fair value exceeded its carrying value.

Research and Development Costs

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Share-Based Payments

Share-Based Payments

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value awards on the date of grant. We use the simplified method to estimate the expected term of share-based awards for all periods as we do not have sufficient history to estimate the weighted average expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates in effect on the corresponding date of grant. Estimated volatility is based on the historical volatility of ours and similar entities’ publicly traded shares.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred income taxes using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes are recognized for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax benefit for the current year differs from the statutory rate primarily as a result of the impact of foreign operations and discrete tax benefits recorded in connection with our historical acquisitions and stock option exercises.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others may be subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the consolidated financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in our consolidated balance sheets along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. We recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Foreign Operations

Foreign Operations

The functional currency of our international operations located in the United Kingdom, Singapore, Malaysia, and Mexico, is the U.S. dollar. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency generate foreign exchange gains and losses that are included in other expense (income), net on our consolidated statements of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts, and most of our agreements with third-party suppliers, provide for pricing and payment in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, these transactions are not subject to material exchange rate fluctuations.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842), which consists of a comprehensive lease accounting standard. Under the standard, assets and liabilities arising from most leases will be recognized on the balance sheet. Leases will be classified as either operating or financing, and the lease classification will determine whether expense is recognized on a straight-line basis (operating leases) or based on an effective interest method (financing leases). The standard also contains expanded disclosure requirements regarding the amounts, timing, and uncertainties of cash flows related to leasing activities.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides an optional transition method allowing entities to initially apply the lease standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. We adopted and applied the lease standard as of December 29, 2018, the first day of fiscal year 2019, using this optional transition method.

The standard provides a number of practical expedients in transition. We elected the package of practical expedients, which permits us not to reassess our prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs. We elected to not recognize short-term leases, those with an initial term of 12 months or less, on our consolidated balance sheets.

The standard had material effects on our consolidated financial statements. The most significant effects relate to the recognition of right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheet for our facilities operating leases and the new disclosure requirements about our leasing activities. Upon adoption, we recorded operating lease liabilities of  $18.1 million, with an offsetting increase to operating lease ROU assets of $17.7 million in exchange for the liabilities assumed. We did not recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, as there was no adjustment to be made as a result of our adoption and application of the standard. The standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016‑13, Financial Instruments–Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This standard changes the methodology for measuring credit losses on financial instruments and the timing of when such losses are recorded. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020, and the adoption did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018‑15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350‑40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The new guidance clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. We adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2020. During the 2020, we incurred capitalizable implementation costs of approximately $4.4 million in connection with our implementation of a new company-wide ERP system that is classified as a hosting arrangement that is a service contract. Accordingly, these costs are included in Other noncurrent assets on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 25, 2020. Additionally, our cash used in operating activities for 2020 includes $3.3 million in cash outflows associated with these capitalized implementation costs. As the ERP system was not yet in-service as of December 25, 2020, there was no amortization expense recognized during 2020.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Issued

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019‑12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The amendments in the ASU include removing exceptions to incremental intraperiod tax allocation of losses and gains from different financial statement components, exceptions to the method of recognizing income taxes on interim period losses, and exceptions to deferred tax liability recognition related to foreign subsidiary investments. In addition, the ASU requires that entities recognize franchise tax based on an incremental method and requires an entity to evaluate the accounting for step-ups in the tax basis of goodwill as inside or outside of a business combination. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods therein. We have not adopted this ASU as of December 25, 2020. We are currently evaluating the impact the ASU, although we do not expect the ASU to to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable

We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends, and other information. Activity and balances related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

	Allowance for doubtful accounts
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	256
Charges to costs and expenses		195
Write-offs		(111	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		340
Charges to costs and expenses		—
Write-offs		(45	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		295
Charges to costs and expenses		209
Write-offs		(126	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	378

Property Plant and Equipment Estimated Useful Lives

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of property & equipment
Machinery	5-10 years
Leasehold improvements	10 years
Computer software, hardware, and equipment	3-5 years
Office furniture, fixtures, and equipment	5-7 years
Vehicles	5 years

Schedule of Finite Lived Intangible Assets Useful Lives

We account for intangible assets that have a definite life and are amortized on a basis consistent with their expected cash flows over the following estimated useful lives:

	Estimated useful lives of intangible assets
Trademarks	10 years
Customer relationships	6-10 years
Developed technology	7-10 years

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Measurement Period Adjustments Related to Finalization of Valuation of Deferred Tax Liabilities and Net Identifiable Assets and Liabilities

The following table presents the preliminary purchase price allocation as of April 19, 2018 and the final allocation as of December 28, 2018. Measurement period adjustments recognized in 2018 relate to the fair value of IAN’s opening balance of deferred taxes.

	Preliminary Allocation April 19, 2018			2018 Measurement Period Adjustment			Final Allocation December 28, 2018
Cash acquired	$	3,952		$	—		$	3,952
Accounts receivable		863			—			863
Inventories		1,870			—			1,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		56			—			56
Property and equipment		396			—			396
Other noncurrent assets		101			—			101
Intangible assets		1,559			—			1,559
Goodwill		2,856			6			2,862
Accounts payable		(4,193	)		—			(4,193	)
Accrued and other current liabilities		(452	)		—			(452	)
Deferred tax liabilities		(383	)		(6	)		(389	)
Other non-current liabilities		(82	)		—			(82	)
Total acquisition consideration	$	6,543		$	—		$	6,543

XML

Inventories (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Raw materials	$	88,015		$	85,329
Work in process		38,184			31,825
Finished goods		21,299			17,700
Excess and obsolete adjustment		(12,742	)		(7,817	)
Total inventories	$	134,756		$	127,037

Summary of changes to company's excess and obsolete adjustment

The following table presents changes to our excess and obsolete adjustment:

	Excess and obsolete adjustment
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	(6,022	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,871	)
Disposition of inventory		201
Balance at December 28, 2018		(7,692	)
Charge to cost of sales		(1,086	)
Disposition of inventory		961
Balance at December 27, 2019		(7,817	)
Charge to cost of sales		(4,649	)
Disposition of inventory		(276	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	(12,742	)

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]

Summary of Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Machinery	$	37,196		$	33,684
Leasehold improvements		29,616			27,835
Computer software, hardware, and equipment		6,501			5,796
Office furniture, fixtures and equipment		1,166			1,040
Vehicles		75			26
Construction-in-process		5,483			3,760
		80,037			72,141
Less accumulated depreciation		(38,226	)		(27,600	)
Total property and equipment, net	$	41,811		$	44,541

Summary of Capitalized Cloud Computing Implementation Cost

The following table summarizes capitalized cloud computing implementation costs:

Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 27, 2019	$	—
Costs capitalized during the period		4,366
Capitalized costs amortized during the period		—
Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 25, 2020	$	4,366

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:

	December 25, 2020
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(8,717	)	$	—	$	973	10.0 years
Customer relationships		84,169		(53,946	)		—		30,223	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(2,398	)		—		8,649	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	104,906	$	(65,061	)	$	—	$	39,845

	December 27, 2019
	Gross value		Accumulated amortization			Accumulated impairment charges		Carrying amount		Weighted average useful life
Trademarks	$	9,690	$	(7,750	)	$	—	$	1,940	10.0 years
Customer relationships		82,986		(42,621	)		—		40,365	7.8 years
Developed technology		11,047		(1,325	)		—		9,722	10.0 years
Total intangible assets	$	103,723	$	(51,696	)	$	—	$	52,027

Estimated Amortization Expense of Intangible Assets

Future projected annual amortization expense consists of the following:

	Future amortization expense
2021	$	13,591
2022		9,778
2023		8,552
2024		2,156
2025		2,071
Thereafter		3,697
	$	39,845

Schedule of Changes in Goodwill

The following tables present the changes to goodwill:

	Goodwill
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	169,399
Acquisitions		3,611
Balance at December 28, 2018		173,010
Acquisitions		—
Balance at December 27, 2019		173,010
Acquisitions		1,877
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	174,887

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Leases [Abstract]

Components of Lease Expense

The components of lease expense are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Operating lease cost	$	5,397	$	5,420

Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	5,574	$	5,220

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019
Weighted-average remaining lease term of operating leases	2.3 years	3.1 years
Weighted-average discount rate of operating leases	4.5%	4.5%

Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Non-Cancellable Leases

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 25, 2020 are as follows

2021	$	5,128
2022		4,340
2023		1,283
2024		248
2025		26
Total future minimum lease payments		11,025
Less imputed interest		(625	)
Total lease liabilities	$	10,400

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of income from continuing operations before tax

Income before tax was as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
United States	$	(2,558	)	$	(20,993	)	$	7,519
Foreign		34,849			25,268			46,700
Income before tax	$	32,291		$	4,275		$	54,219

Schedule of significant components of income tax benefit from continuing operations

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Current:
Federal	$	(1,103	)	$	(812	)	$	861
State		341			649			316
Foreign		1,461			868			1,751
Total current tax expense		699			705			2,928
Deferred:
Federal		(1,321	)		(5,315	)		(5,379	)
State		(196	)		(1,218	)		(667	)
Foreign		(170	)		(626	)		(546	)
Total deferred tax benefit		(1,687	)		(7,159	)		(6,592	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

Summary of reconciliation of income tax computed at U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax benefit from continuing operations

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax benefit consist of the following:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019			December 28, 2018
Effective rate reconciliation:
U.S. federal tax expense	$	6,781		$	898		$	11,386
State income taxes, net		105			(523	)		(329	)
Permanent items		298			(75	)		30
Foreign rate differential		(1,325	)		(1,051	)		(1,679	)
Tax holiday		(5,911	)		(4,582	)		(7,583	)
Credits		(1,411	)		(918	)		(1,158	)
Tax contingencies		80			(830	)		168
Share-based compensation		(1,002	)		(285	)		(1,270	)
Withholding tax		819			554			727
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act		—			—			199
Other, net		330			201			(15	)
Valuation allowance		248			157			(4,140	)
Income tax benefit	$	(988	)	$	(6,454	)	$	(3,664	)

Schedule of deferred income tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period to conform to the current period presentation.

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory	$	3,836		$	3,620
Share-based compensation		2,266			2,176
Accrued payroll		2,370			906
Net operating loss carryforwards		873			938
Interest carryforwards		—			1,382
Tax credits		7,943			7,318
Intercompany interest		1,689			1,500
Operating lease liabilities		2,616			3,877
Other assets		414			211
Deferred tax assets		22,007			21,928
Valuation allowance		(518	)		(270	)
Total deferred tax assets		21,489			21,658
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		(7,344	)		(10,482	)
Property, plant and equipment		(5,273	)		(2,703	)
Operating lease right-of-use assets		(2,568	)		(3,819	)
Other liabilities		(89	)		(126	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(15,274	)		(17,130	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	6,215		$	4,528

Summarizes activity related to company's unrecognized tax benefits

The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at December 29, 2017	$	1,910
Increase in tax positions for current year		407
Decreases in tax positions for prior period		(61	)
Balance at December 28, 2018		2,256
Increase in tax positions for current year		380
Increase in tax positions for prior period		8
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(784	)
Balance at December 27, 2019		1,860
Increase in tax positions for current year		378
Increase in tax positions for prior period		484
Decrease in tax positions for prior period		(232	)
Balance at December 25, 2020	$	2,490

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	December 25, 2020			December 27, 2019
Term loan	$	153,125		$	161,875
Revolving credit facility		49,162			19,162
Total principal amount of long-term debt		202,287			181,037
Less unamortized debt issuance costs		(2,015	)		(2,983	)
Total long-term debt, net		200,272			178,054
Less current portion		(8,750	)		(8,750	)
Total long-term debt, less current portion, net	$	191,522		$	169,304

Schedule of Maturities Long-Term Debt

Maturities of long-term debt consist of the following:

	Future maturities of long-term debt
2021	$	8,750
2022		8,750
2023		184,787
Total	$	202,287

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Equity [Abstract]

Summary of Share Repurchases

The following tables details our share repurchases for the periods indicated:

	Total Number of Shares Repurchased		Total Cost of Repurchase		Average Price Paid per Share		Amount Available Under Repurchase Program
Amount available at February 15, 2018							$	50,000
Quarter ended March 30, 2018		195,750	$	5,000	$	25.54	$	45,000
Quarter ended June 29, 2018		1,061,855		24,970	$	23.52	$	20,030
Board authorization, $50 million increase, August 18, 2018							$	70,030
Quarter ended September 28, 2018		1,424,359		30,348	$	21.31	$	39,683
Quarter ended December 28, 2018		1,657,565		29,662	$	17.89	$	10,021
Year Ended December 28, 2018		4,339,529		89,980	$	20.73	$	10,021
Quarter ended March 29, 2019		97,910		1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421
Quarter ended June 28, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended September 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Quarter ended December 27, 2019		—		—	$	—	$	8,421
Year ended December 27, 2019		97,910	$	1,599	$	16.33	$	8,421

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Schedule of Assumptions Used for Estimating Fair Value of Options

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of options granted:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	5 years	5 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.5%	2.1%	2.6%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	61.5%	55.3%	52.6%

Schedule of Option Activity

The following table summarizes option activity:

	Number of Stock Options
	Time vesting			Performance vesting		Weighted average exercise price per share		Weighted average remaining contractual term	Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands)
Outstanding, December 27, 2019		1,688,938			65,908	$	20.57
Granted		234,420			—	$	23.67
Exercised		(514,481	)		—	$	17.20
Forfeited or expired		(83,051	)		—	$	22.49
Outstanding, December 25, 2020		1,325,826			65,908	$	22.22	4.6 years	$	11,554
Exercisable, December 25, 2020		604,206			65,908	$	20.88	3.9 years	$	6,423

Schedule of Fair Value of Options Granted and Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised

Fair value information for options granted and the intrinsic value of options exercised are as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted	$	12.10	$	11.33	$	11.81
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$	7,292	$	3,619	$	8,744

Schedule of RSU Activity

The following table summarizes RSU activity:

	Number of Restricted Share Units
	Time vesting			Performance vesting			Weighted average grant date fair value per share
Unvested, December 27, 2019		389,170			17,730		$	23.03
Granted		393,830			—		$	24.50
Vested		(205,029	)		—		$	23.08
Forfeited		(13,345	)		(17,730	)	$	22.22
Unvested, December 25, 2020		564,626			—		$	24.09

Schedule of Fair Value Information for RSUs Granted and Vested

Fair value information for RSUs granted and vested is as follows:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Weighted average grant-date fair value of shares granted	$	24.50	$	23.25	$	23.89
Total fair value of shares vested	$	4,731	$	2,217	$	2,041

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Schedule of Weighted Average Assumption used to Measure Fair Value

The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions used to measure the fair value of 2017 ESPP rights:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020	December 27, 2019	December 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	0.5 years	0.5 years	0.5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.7%	2.3%	1.9%
Dividend yield	0.0%	0.0%	0.0%
Volatility	60.1%	56.0%	52.7%

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Sales By Geographic Area

The following table sets forth sales by geographic area:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
United States of America	$	490,965	$	329,037	$	502,750
Singapore		303,444		198,657		224,230
Europe		70,915		56,090		60,688
Other		48,912		37,053		35,943
Total net sales	$	914,236	$	620,837	$	823,611

Summary of Segment Information Major Customers

The following table sets forth our two major customers, which comprised 87%, 85%, and 88% of net sales in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Lam Research	$	475,933	$	319,144	$	458,705
Applied Materials	$	316,082	$	207,391	$	262,146

XML

Earnings per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 25, 2020

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computation of Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of our basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation:

	Year Ended
	December 25, 2020		December 27, 2019		December 28, 2018
Numerator:
Net income	$	33,279	$	10,729	$	57,883
Denominator:
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,172,961		22,418,802		24,706,542
Dilutive effect of options		221,565		259,337		398,590
Dilutive effect of RSUs		61,761		85,603		20,530
Dilutive effect of ESPP		3,818		3,161		2,393
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding		23,460,105		22,766,903		25,128,055
Earnings per share:
Net income:
Basic	$	1.44	$	0.48	$	2.34
Diluted	$	1.42	$	0.47	$	2.30

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Details 1)	Dec. 25, 2020
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date: 2020-12-26
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Performance obligation satisfaction period	12 months

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 USD ($) Customer	Dec. 27, 2019 USD ($) Customer	Dec. 29, 2018 USD ($)
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash held in foreign-based commercial banks	$ 252,899,000	$ 60,612,000
Percentage threshold of likelihood of tax positions being realized upon settlement with taxing authority	50.00%
Operating lease, ROU assets	$ 10,088,000	14,198,000	$ 17,700,000
Operating lease, lease liabilities	10,400,000		$ 18,100,000
ERP System
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Capitalizable implementation cost on hosting arrangement contract	4,400
Payments for capitalized implementation cost on hosting arrangement contract	3,300
Amortization cost on hosting arrangement service contract	$ 0
Accounting Standards Update 2016-02
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adopted	true
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adoption date	Dec. 29, 2018
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, immaterial effect	true
Accounting Standards Update 2016-13
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adopted	true
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adoption date	Dec. 28, 2019
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, immaterial effect	true
Accounting Standards Update 2018-15
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adopted	true
Change in accounting principle, accounting standards update, adoption date	Dec. 28, 2019
Foreign
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Cash held in foreign-based commercial banks	$ 39,900,000	34,400,000
Losses incurred exceeding the insured limits	$ 0	$ 0
Accounts Receivable | Customer Concentration Risk
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Concentration of credit risk, Percentage	73.00%	66.00%
Number of customers | Customer	2	2
Minimum
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Extended product warranty period	1 year
Maximum
Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Extended product warranty period	2 years

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts Receivable Rollforward
Beginning Balance	$ 295	$ 340	$ 256
Charges to costs and expenses	209		195
Write-offs	(126)	(45)	(111)
Ending Balance	$ 378	$ 295	$ 340

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Property Plant And Equipment Estimated Useful Lives (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020
Leasehold Improvements
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	10 years
Vehicles
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	5 years
Minimum | Machinery
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	5 years
Minimum | Office Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	5 years
Maximum | Machinery
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	10 years
Maximum | Office Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	7 years
Computer Software, Hardware and Equipment | Minimum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	3 years
Computer Software, Hardware and Equipment | Maximum
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of property & equipment	5 years

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Schedule of Finite Lived Intangible Assets Useful Lives (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020
Trademarks
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	10 years
Customer Relationships | Minimum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	6 years
Customer Relationships | Maximum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	10 years
Developed Technology | Minimum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	7 years
Developed Technology | Maximum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives of intangible assets	10 years

XML

Acquisitions - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands				12 Months Ended
	Dec. 01, 2020	Dec. 28, 2018	Apr. 19, 2018	Dec. 28, 2018	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 29, 2017
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill		$ 173,010		$ 173,010	$ 174,887	$ 173,010	$ 169,399
Precision Machining Operation
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition amount	$ 5,000
Tangible operating assets	2,000
Goodwill	1,900
IAN Engineering Co., Ltd.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition amount		6,543	$ 6,500
Tangible operating assets		396		396
Allocated intangible assets		1,559		1,559
Goodwill		$ 2,862		2,862
Cash paid for acquisition			5,300
Contingent consideration with fair value			1,300
Gain on derecognized earn out liability recognized in operating income				1,300
Net sales attributable to acquiree included in statement of operations				$ 7,700
Customer Relationships | Precision Machining Operation
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Allocated intangible assets	$ 1,200
Weighted average amortization period	6 years
Customer Relationships | IAN Engineering Co., Ltd.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Allocated intangible assets			$ 1,600
Weighted average amortization period			6 years

XML

Acquisitions - Schedule of Measurement Period Adjustments Related to Finalization of Valuation of Deferred Tax Liabilities and Net Identifiable Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands			8 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2018	Apr. 19, 2018	Dec. 28, 2018	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 29, 2017
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 173,010		$ 173,010	$ 174,887	$ 173,010	$ 169,399
IAN Engineering Co., Ltd.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash acquired	3,952
Accounts receivable	863		863
Inventories	1,870		1,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	56		56
Property and equipment	396		396
Other noncurrent assets	101		101
Intangible assets	1,559		1,559
Goodwill	2,862		2,862
Accounts payable	(4,193)		(4,193)
Accrued and other current liabilities	(452)		(452)
Deferred tax liabilities	(389)		(389)
Other non-current liabilities	(82)		(82)
Total acquisition consideration	$ 6,543	$ 6,500
IAN Engineering Co., Ltd. | Preliminary Allocation
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash acquired		3,952
Accounts receivable		863
Inventories		1,870
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		56
Property and equipment		396
Other noncurrent assets		101
Intangible assets		1,559
Goodwill		2,856
Accounts payable		(4,193)
Accrued and other current liabilities		(452)
Deferred tax liabilities		(383)
Other non-current liabilities		(82)
Total acquisition consideration		$ 6,543
IAN Engineering Co., Ltd. | Measurement Period Adjustment
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill			6
Deferred tax liabilities			$ (6)

XML

Inventories - Schedule of Inventories (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 88,015	$ 85,329
Work in process	38,184	31,825
Finished goods	21,299	17,700
Excess and obsolete adjustment	(12,742)	(7,817)
Total inventories	$ 134,756	$ 127,037

XML

Inventories - Changes to Company's excess and obsolete adjustment (Detail) - Excess and obsolete adjustment - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Inventory [Line Items]
Beginning Balance	$ (7,817)	$ (7,692)	$ (6,022)
Charge to cost of sales	(4,649)	(1,086)	(1,871)
Disposition of inventory	(276)	961	201
Ending Balance	$ (12,742)	$ (7,817)	$ (7,692)

XML

Property and Equipment - Summary of Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 80,037	$ 72,141
Less accumulated depreciation	(38,226)	(27,600)
Total property and equipment, net	41,811	44,541
Machinery
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	37,196	33,684
Leasehold Improvements
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	29,616	27,835
Office Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	1,166	1,040
Vehicles
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	75	26
Construction-In-Progress
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	5,483	3,760
Computer Software, Hardware and Equipment
Property Plant And Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, gross	$ 6,501	$ 5,796

XML

Property and Equipment - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 10.9	$ 8.9	$ 7.7

XML

Property and Equipment - Summary of Capitalized Cloud Computing Implementation Cost (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 USD ($)
Property Plant And Equipment [Abstract]
Costs capitalized during the period	$ 4,366
Capitalized cloud computing implementation costs as of December 25, 2020	$ 4,366

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Schedule of Definite-Lived Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross value	$ 104,906	$ 103,723
Accumulated amortization	(65,061)	(51,696)
Carrying amount	39,845	52,027
Trademarks
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross value	9,690	9,690
Accumulated amortization	(8,717)	(7,750)
Carrying amount	$ 973	$ 1,940
Weighted average useful life	10 years
Trademarks | Weighted Average
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	10 years	10 years
Customer Relationships
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross value	$ 84,169	$ 82,986
Accumulated amortization	(53,946)	(42,621)
Carrying amount	$ 30,223	$ 40,365
Customer Relationships | Weighted Average
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	7 years 9 months 18 days	7 years 9 months 18 days
Customer Relationships | Minimum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	6 years
Customer Relationships | Maximum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	10 years
Developed Technology
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross value	$ 11,047	$ 11,047
Accumulated amortization	(2,398)	(1,325)
Carrying amount	$ 8,649	$ 9,722
Developed Technology | Weighted Average
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	10 years	10 years
Developed Technology | Minimum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	7 years
Developed Technology | Maximum
Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful life	10 years

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Estimated Amortization Expense of Intangible Assets (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Net, Amortization Expense, Fiscal Year Maturity [Abstract]
2021	$ 13,591
2022	9,778
2023	8,552
2024	2,156
2025	2,071
Thereafter	3,697
Carrying amount	$ 39,845	$ 52,027

XML

Intangible Assets and Goodwill - Schedule of Changes in Goodwill (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill balance	$ 173,010	$ 173,010	$ 169,399
Acquisitions	1,877	0	3,611
Goodwill balance	$ 174,887	$ 173,010	$ 173,010

XML

Leases - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 Operatinglease
Leases [Abstract]
Non-cancellable net operating lease expiration year	2025
Lessee, operating lease, not yet commenced, description	As of December 25, 2020, we had no operating leases executed for which the rental period had not yet commenced.
Number of operating lease executed	0

XML

Leases - Components of Lease Expense (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease cost	$ 5,397	$ 5,420

XML

Leases - Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$ 5,574	$ 5,220

XML

Leases - Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases (Detail)	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term of operating leases	2 years 3 months 18 days	3 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted-average discount rate of operating leases	4.50%	4.50%

XML

Leases - Future Minimum Lease Payments Under Non-Cancellable Leases (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 29, 2018
Leases [Abstract]
2021	$ 5,128
2022	4,340
2023	1,283
2024	248
2025	26
Total future minimum lease payments	11,025
Less imputed interest	(625)
Total lease liabilities	$ 10,400	$ 18,100

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018	Dec. 29, 2017
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Refund claim from carry back of net operating loss	$ 1,000
Corporate income tax rate	21.00%			35.00%
Foreign tax credits carryforward, resulting in discrete benefit			$ 4,100
Operating loss carryforwards, federal	$ 100
Operating loss carryforwards, state	5,400
Operating loss carryforwards, foreign	2,200
Foreign tax credits	2,200
Tax holiday	5,911	$ 4,582	7,583
Unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions	2,490	1,860	2,256	$ 1,910
Unrecognized Tax Benefits that Would Impact Effective Tax Rate	1,100
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits is reasonably possible	100
Unrecognized tax benefits, income tax penalties	400
Unrecognized tax benefits, interest on income taxes expense	0
Other Non-current Liabilities
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions	2,500
Singapore
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax holiday	5,900	$ 4,600	$ 7,600
Federal
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward amount	2,900
State
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax credit carryforward amount	$ 100
Maximum
Income Taxes [Line Items]
CARES act of 2020, net operating loss carryback period	5 years	5 years	5 years

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Information on Company's Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Components Of Income Tax Expense Benefit Continuing Operations [Abstract]
United States	$ (2,558)	$ (20,993)	$ 7,519
Foreign	34,849	25,268	46,700
Income before income taxes	$ 32,291	$ 4,275	$ 54,219

XML

Income Taxes - Significant Components of Income Tax Benefit From Continuing Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Current:
Federal	$ (1,103)	$ (812)	$ 861
State	341	649	316
Foreign	1,461	868	1,751
Total current tax expense	699	705	2,928
Deferred:
Federal	(1,321)	(5,315)	(5,379)
State	(196)	(1,218)	(667)
Foreign	(170)	(626)	(546)
Total deferred tax benefit	(1,687)	(7,159)	(6,592)
Income tax benefit	$ (988)	$ (6,454)	$ (3,664)

XML

Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Income Tax at Federal Statutory Tax Rates to Income Tax Benefit From Continuing Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Effective rate reconciliation:
U.S. federal tax expense	$ 6,781	$ 898	$ 11,386
State income taxes, net	105	(523)	(329)
Permanent items	298	(75)	30
Foreign rate differential	(1,325)	(1,051)	(1,679)
Tax holiday	(5,911)	(4,582)	(7,583)
Credits	(1,411)	(918)	(1,158)
Tax contingencies	80	(830)	168
Share-based compensation	(1,002)	(285)	(1,270)
Withholding tax	819	554	727
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act			199
Other, net	330	201	(15)
Valuation allowance	248	157	(4,140)
Income tax benefit	$ (988)	$ (6,454)	$ (3,664)

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory	$ 3,836	$ 3,620
Share-based compensation	2,266	2,176
Accrued payroll	2,370	906
Net operating loss carryforwards	873	938
Interest carryforwards		1,382
Tax credits	7,943	7,318
Intercompany interest	1,689	1,500
Operating lease liabilities	2,616	3,877
Other assets	414	211
Deferred tax assets	22,007	21,928
Valuation allowance	(518)	(270)
Total deferred tax assets	21,489	21,658
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets	(7,344)	(10,482)
Property, plant and equipment	(5,273)	(2,703)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(2,568)	(3,819)
Other liabilities	(89)	(126)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(15,274)	(17,130)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 6,215	$ 4,528

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of the Activity Related to Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Reconciliation Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits Excluding Amounts Pertaining To Examined Tax Returns Roll Forward
Beginning balance	$ 1,860	$ 2,256	$ 1,910
Increase in tax positions for current year	378	380	407
Increase in tax positions for prior period	484	8
Decreases in tax positions for prior period	(232)	(784)	(61)
Ending balance	$ 2,490	$ 1,860	$ 2,256

XML

Employee Benefit Programs - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of maximum annual contributions per employee	50.00%	50.00%	50.00%
Percentage of eligible employee receive discretionary matching contribution	50.00%	50.00%	50.00%
Employee matching contributions	$ 1.9	$ 1.5	$ 1.5
Maximum
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Percentage of maximum annual contributions per employee	4.00%

XML

Long-Term Debt - Schedule of Long-term Debt (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt	$ 202,287	$ 181,037
Less unamortized debt issuance costs	(2,015)	(2,983)
Total long-term debt, net	200,272	178,054
Less current portion	(8,750)	(8,750)
Total long-term debt, less current portion, net	191,522	169,304
Term Loan
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt	153,125	161,875
Revolving Credit Facility
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt	$ 49,162	$ 19,162

XML

Long-Term Debt - Maturities of long Term Debt Consist (Detail) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2021	$ 8,750
2022	8,750
2023	184,787
Total	$ 202,287	$ 181,037

XML

Long-Term Debt - Additional Information (Details) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Feb. 15, 2018 USD ($)	Dec. 25, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 27, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 28, 2018
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Weighted average interest rate across all credit facilities		3.75%	4.78%	4.36%
Total principal amount of long-term debt		$ 202,287	$ 181,037
Term Loan
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt		153,125	161,875
Revolving Credit Facility
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt		$ 49,162	$ 19,162
Credit Agreement
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Debt issuance costs	$ 2,100
Fixed charge coverage ratio		1.25%
Description of interest rate		The Base Rate is equal to the higher of i) the Prime Rate, ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, or iii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to LIBOR. The applicable margin on Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate loans is 0.75‑1.50% and 1.75‑2.50% per annum, respectively, depending on our leverage ratio.
Credit Agreement | Federal Funds Effective Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate	0.50%
Credit Agreement | Eurodollar Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Basis spread on variable rate	1.00%
Frequency of interest payment		last day of the applicable interest period
Credit Agreement | Base Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Frequency of interest payment		quarterly
Credit Agreement | Minimum | Eurodollar Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Additional basis spread on variable rate	1.75%
Credit Agreement | Minimum | Base Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Additional basis spread on variable rate	0.75%
Credit Agreement | Maximum
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Consolidated leverage ratio		3.00
Credit Agreement | Maximum | Eurodollar Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Additional basis spread on variable rate	2.50%
Credit Agreement | Maximum | Base Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Additional basis spread on variable rate	1.50%
Credit Agreement | Term Loan
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt	$ 175,000
Credit facility, periodic principal payments		$ 2,200
Credit facility, frequency of principal payments		quarterly
Credit Agreement | Term Loan | Eurodollar Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Interest rate		3.50%
Credit Agreement | Revolving Credit Facility
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Total principal amount of long-term debt	$ 125,000
Credit Agreement | Revolving Credit Facility | Eurodollar Rate
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Interest rate		2.73%
Credit Agreement | Revolving Credit Facility | Minimum
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Percentage of commitment fee on unused portion of revolver	0.20%
Credit Agreement | Revolving Credit Facility | Maximum
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Percentage of commitment fee on unused portion of revolver	0.35%
Credit Agreement | Credit Facilities
Line Of Credit Facility [Line Items]
Principal payments maturity date		Feb. 15, 2023

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands, shares in Millions			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 14, 2020	Aug. 18, 2018	Aug. 31, 2018	Dec. 25, 2020	Feb. 28, 2018
Shareholders Equity [Line Items]
Net proceeds from public offering				$ 139,372
Share repurchase program, authorized amount					$ 50,000
Increase in stock repurchase program authorized amount		$ 50,000	$ 50,000
Underwritten Public Offering
Shareholders Equity [Line Items]
Ordinary shares issued	4.6
Net proceeds from public offering	$ 139,400
Underwriting discount per share	$ 1.35
Incremental offering expenses	$ 500

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Summary of Share Repurchases (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended					12 Months Ended
	Mar. 29, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018	Sep. 28, 2018	Jun. 29, 2018	Mar. 30, 2018	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018	Sep. 27, 2019	Jun. 28, 2019	Aug. 18, 2018	Feb. 15, 2018
Equity [Abstract]
Total Number of Shares Repurchased	97,910	1,657,565	1,424,359	1,061,855	195,750	97,910	4,339,529
Total Cost of Repurchase	$ 1,599	$ 29,662	$ 30,348	$ 24,970	$ 5,000	$ 1,599	$ 89,980
Average Price Paid per Share	$ 16.33	$ 17.89	$ 21.31	$ 23.52	$ 25.54	$ 16.33	$ 20.73
Amount Available Under Repurchase Program	$ 8,421	$ 10,021	$ 39,683	$ 20,030	$ 45,000	$ 8,421	$ 10,021	$ 8,421	$ 8,421	$ 70,030	$ 50,000

XML

Shareholders' Equity - Summary of Share Repurchases (Parenthetical) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions		1 Months Ended
	Aug. 18, 2018	Aug. 31, 2018
Equity [Abstract]
Increase in stock repurchase program authorized amount	$ 50	$ 50

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)			1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jan. 06, 2020	Jan. 18, 2018	May 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018	Dec. 30, 2016
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense for Options, RSUs and employee share purchase rights across all plans					$ 9,900,000	$ 8,500,000	$ 7,600,000
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, plan modification, description					On November 12, 2019, in connection with the transition of our former Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors modified all outstanding equity awards such that the next 18 months of vesting events would be pulled forward and become immediately vested on January 6, 2020.
Vesting period of equity awards pulled forward and vested immediately					18 months
Share-based compensation					$ 9,875,000	8,537,000	7,577,000
Total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to restricted shares					$ 7,400,000
Weighted average remaining service period					2 years 3 months 18 days
Accounting Standards Update 2016-09
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	$ 1,400,000	$ 2,900,000
Employee Stock Option
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of stock options vested	98,825	88,445
Restricted Stock
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of restricted shares vested	60,721	39,175
Total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to restricted shares					$ 11,000,000.0
Weighted average remaining service period					2 years 9 months 18 days
The 2016 Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Ordinary shares reserved for issuance								1,888,000
Percentage of outstanding ordinary shares								2.00%
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, expiration period								7 years
Awards vesting percentage								25.00%
Award vesting description								Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurs 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years.
Awards vesting period								3 years
The 2012 Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation arrangement by share-based payment award, expiration period				7 years
Awards vesting percentage				25.00%
Award vesting description				Vesting of options and RSUs generally occurred 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and quarterly thereafter over the remaining 3 years.
Awards vesting period				3 years
Issuances of equity based awards					0
2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based compensation expense for Options, RSUs and employee share purchase rights across all plans					$ 400,000	$ 300,000	$ 300,000
Total unrecognized share-based compensation expense relating to restricted shares					$ 0
Purchase price equal to percentage of fair market value of ordinary shares			85.00%
2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan | Ordinary Shares
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Ordinary shares remained eligible for issuance			2,400,000

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of Stock Options Valuation Assumptions (Details) - Stock Options	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	5 years	5 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.50%	2.10%	2.60%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Volatility	61.50%	55.30%	52.60%

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of Option Activity (Details) - Stock Options $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares shares
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average exercise price per share, Outstanding, Beginning Balance | $ / shares	$ 20.57
Weighted average exercise price per share, Granted | $ / shares	23.67
Weighted average exercise price per share, Exercised | $ / shares	17.20
Weighted average exercise price per share, Forfeited or expired | $ / shares	22.49
Weighted average exercise price per share, Outstanding, Ending Balance | $ / shares	22.22
Weighted average exercise price per share, Exercisable | $ / shares	$ 20.88
Weighted average remaining contractual term, Outstanding	4 years 7 months 6 days
Weighted average remaining contractual term, Exercisable	3 years 10 months 24 days
Aggregate intrinsic value, Outstanding | $	$ 11,554
Aggregate intrinsic value, Exercisable | $	$ 6,423
Time Vesting
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Stock Options, Outstanding, Beginning Balance	1,688,938
Number of Stock Options, Granted	234,420
Number of Stock Options, Exercised	(514,481)
Number of Stock Options, Forfeited or expired	(83,051)
Number of Stock Options, Outstanding, Ending Balance	1,325,826
Number of Stock Options, Exercisable	604,206
Performance Vesting
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Stock Options, Outstanding, Beginning Balance	65,908
Number of Stock Options, Outstanding, Ending Balance	65,908
Number of Stock Options, Exercisable	65,908

XML

Share Based Compensation - Schedule of Fair Value Information for Options Granted (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award Options Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted	$ 12.10	$ 11.33	$ 11.81
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 7,292	$ 3,619	$ 8,744

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of RSU Activity (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 $ / shares shares
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average grant date fair value per share, Unvested, Beginning Balance | $ / shares	$ 23.03
Weighted average grant date fair value per share, Granted | $ / shares	24.50
Weighted average grant date fair value per share, Vested | $ / shares	23.08
Weighted average grant date fair value per share, Forfeited | $ / shares	22.22
Weighted average grant date fair value per share, Unvested, Ending Balance | $ / shares	$ 24.09
Time Vesting Restricted Share Units
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Restricted Share Units, Unvested, Beginning Balance	389,170
Number of Restricted Share Units, Granted	393,830
Number of Restricted Share Units, Vested	(205,029)
Number of Restricted Share Units, Forfeited	(13,345)
Number of Restricted Share Units, Unvested, Ending Balance	564,626
Performance Vesting Restricted Share Units
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of Restricted Share Units, Unvested, Beginning Balance	17,730
Number of Restricted Share Units, Forfeited	(17,730)
Number of Restricted Share Units, Unvested, Ending Balance

XML

Share Based Compensation - Schedule of Fair Value Information for RSUs Granted and Vested (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average grant-date fair value of shares granted	$ 24.50
Restricted Stock
Share Based Compensation Arrangement By Share Based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average grant-date fair value of shares granted	$ 24.50	$ 23.25	$ 23.89
Total fair value of shares vested	$ 4,731	$ 2,217	$ 2,041

XML

Share-Based Compensation - Schedule of Weighted Average Assumption used to Measure Fair Value (Details) - Stock Options	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Weighted average expected term	5 years	5 years	5 years
Risk-free interest rate	0.50%	2.10%	2.60%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Volatility	61.50%	55.30%	52.60%
2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Weighted average expected term	6 months	6 months	6 months
Risk-free interest rate	0.70%	2.30%	1.90%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Volatility	60.10%	56.00%	52.70%

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020 USD ($) Segment	Dec. 27, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 28, 2018
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of operating segment | Segment	1
Foreign long-lived assets, exclusive of deferred tax assets | $	$ 31.5	$ 30.3
Two Major Customer | Sales Revenue, Net
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales from continuing operations from two customers	87.00%	85.00%	88.00%

XML

Segment Information - Schedule of Sales By Geographic Area (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	$ 914,236	$ 620,837	$ 823,611
United States of America
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	490,965	329,037	502,750
Singapore
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	303,444	198,657	224,230
Europe
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	70,915	56,090	60,688
Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total net sales	$ 48,912	$ 37,053	$ 35,943

XML

Segment Information - Sales from Continuing Operations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 914,236	$ 620,837	$ 823,611
Lam Research
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	475,933	319,144	458,705
Applied Materials
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 316,082	$ 207,391	$ 262,146

XML

Earnings per Share - Computation of Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Earnings Per Share Basic And Diluted [Line Items]
Net income	$ 33,279	$ 10,729	$ 57,883
Basic weighted average ordinary shares outstanding	23,172,961	22,418,802	24,706,542
Diluted weighted average ordinary shares outstanding	23,460,105	22,766,903	25,128,055
Net income:
Basic	$ 1.44	$ 0.48	$ 2.34
Diluted	$ 1.42	$ 0.47	$ 2.30
Options
Earnings Per Share Basic And Diluted [Line Items]
Dilutive effect of shares	221,565	259,337	398,590
RSUs
Earnings Per Share Basic And Diluted [Line Items]
Dilutive effect of shares	61,761	85,603	20,530
ESPP
Earnings Per Share Basic And Diluted [Line Items]
Dilutive effect of shares	3,818	3,161	2,393

XML

Earnings per Share - Additional Information (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 25, 2020	Dec. 27, 2019	Dec. 28, 2018
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Potential dilutive options and RSUs excluded from computation of net income (loss) per share	1,430,000	1,588,000	1,320,000